1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
41 #include "filenames.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
62 #include "xml-syscall.h"
63 #include "parser-defs.h"
64 #include "gdb_regex.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "extension.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
170 struct bp_location *loc2);
172 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
173 struct address_space *aspace,
176 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
180 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
181 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
183 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
185 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
187 static void commands_command (char *, int);
189 static void condition_command (char *, int);
198 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
201 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
203 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
205 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
207 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
211 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
213 int *other_type_used);
215 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
219 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
222 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
232 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
235 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
239 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
241 static void update_global_location_list (int);
243 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
245 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
247 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
249 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
251 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
253 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
257 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
259 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
261 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
263 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
265 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
267 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
270 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
272 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
274 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
276 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
277 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
278 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
279 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
281 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
284 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
287 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
290 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
292 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
294 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
297 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
303 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
304 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint *b;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675 result->commands = commands;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
730 struct breakpoint *b;
733 if (b->number == num)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
747 struct bp_location *loc;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
873 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
929 struct bp_location *loc;
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
949 const char *arg = exp;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
960 innermost_block = NULL;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
969 struct bp_location *loc;
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
991 const char *text, const char *word)
995 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
996 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1018 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1020 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1035 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1037 struct breakpoint *b;
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1045 bnum = get_number (&p);
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1050 if (b->number == bnum)
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1053 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1054 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1055 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1056 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1058 if (extlang != NULL)
1060 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1061 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1062 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1064 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1066 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1067 update_global_location_list (1);
1072 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1075 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1076 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1077 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1080 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1082 struct command_line *c;
1084 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1088 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1089 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1090 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1092 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1095 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1096 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1097 command directly. */
1098 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1099 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1102 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1106 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1109 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1111 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1112 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1113 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1117 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1119 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1122 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1123 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1127 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1128 struct command_line *commands)
1130 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1132 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1133 struct command_line *c;
1134 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1136 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1137 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1141 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1142 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1143 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1144 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1145 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1146 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1147 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1148 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1149 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1150 tracepoint's context. */
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1169 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1173 struct command_line *c2;
1175 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1176 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1177 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1179 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1180 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1186 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1190 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1191 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1194 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1196 struct breakpoint *b;
1197 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1198 struct bp_location *loc;
1201 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1203 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1204 if (loc->address == addr)
1205 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1211 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1212 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1215 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1216 struct command_line *commands)
1218 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1220 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1221 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1222 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1225 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1226 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1230 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1232 int old_silent = b->silent;
1235 if (old_silent != silent)
1236 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1239 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1240 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1243 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1245 int old_thread = b->thread;
1248 if (old_thread != thread)
1249 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1252 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1253 breakpoint work for any task. */
1256 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1258 int old_task = b->task;
1261 if (old_task != task)
1262 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1266 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1268 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1270 validate_actionline (line, b);
1273 /* A structure used to pass information through
1274 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1276 struct commands_info
1278 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1281 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1284 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1285 already-parsed command. */
1286 struct command_line *control;
1288 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1290 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1293 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1294 commands_command. */
1297 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1299 struct commands_info *info = data;
1301 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1303 struct command_line *l;
1305 if (info->control != NULL)
1306 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1309 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1312 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1313 "%s, one per line."),
1316 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1318 l = read_command_lines (str,
1321 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1324 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1327 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1330 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1332 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1334 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1335 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1336 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1337 b->commands = info->cmd;
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1344 struct command_line *control)
1346 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1347 struct commands_info info;
1349 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1350 info.control = control;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1356 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1358 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1361 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1362 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1374 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1377 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1383 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1390 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1392 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1403 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1404 return simple_control;
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1412 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1416 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1423 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1426 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1427 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1428 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1431 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1432 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1433 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1434 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1435 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1437 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1438 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1442 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1443 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1445 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1449 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1451 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1452 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1454 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1456 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1461 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1463 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1468 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1469 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1471 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1472 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1473 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1477 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1479 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1480 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1483 if (readbuf != NULL)
1485 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1486 shadow_contents buffer. */
1487 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1488 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1489 + target_info->shadow_len));
1491 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1493 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1494 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1498 const unsigned char *bp;
1499 CORE_ADDR placed_address = target_info->placed_address;
1500 int placed_size = target_info->placed_size;
1502 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1503 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1504 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1506 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1508 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1510 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1511 breakpoint's INSN. */
1512 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1516 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1517 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1519 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1520 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1521 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1523 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1524 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1525 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1526 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1527 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1528 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1529 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1530 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1532 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1535 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1536 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1537 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1539 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1541 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1544 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1545 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1546 report higher one. */
1549 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1550 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1552 struct bp_location *bl;
1554 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1555 bl = bp_location[bc];
1557 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1558 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1559 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1560 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1562 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1563 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1564 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1566 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1568 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1575 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1576 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1577 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1578 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1579 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1582 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1584 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1585 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1586 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1589 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1592 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1594 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1596 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1597 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1601 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1602 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1603 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1606 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1609 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1610 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1611 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1614 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1617 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1618 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1621 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1622 bp_location array. */
1623 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1625 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1629 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1631 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1632 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1639 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1643 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1645 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1646 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1647 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1650 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1653 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1655 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1656 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1657 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1664 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1666 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1667 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1670 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1671 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1672 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1673 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1674 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1675 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1676 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1677 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1680 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1682 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1683 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1684 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1685 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1688 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1689 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1692 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1694 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1696 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1698 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1699 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1700 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1701 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1702 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1704 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1707 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1708 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1709 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1710 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1712 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1714 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1715 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1718 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1719 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1720 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1721 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1722 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1723 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1724 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1725 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1727 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1728 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1729 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1730 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1731 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1732 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1733 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1734 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1737 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1738 hardware watchpoints:
1740 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1741 called several times when GDB stops.
1744 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1745 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1746 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1747 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1748 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1749 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1750 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1751 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1752 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1753 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1754 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1756 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1757 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1760 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1762 int within_current_scope;
1763 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1766 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1767 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1768 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1769 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1772 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1777 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1778 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1779 within_current_scope = 1;
1782 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1783 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1784 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1786 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1787 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1788 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1789 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1792 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1793 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1794 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1795 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1798 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1800 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1801 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1802 if (within_current_scope)
1806 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1807 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1808 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1811 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1820 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1821 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1822 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1823 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1824 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1825 be completely different objects. */
1826 value_free (b->val);
1830 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1831 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1832 locations (re)created below. */
1833 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1835 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1837 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1841 s = b->base.cond_string;
1842 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1846 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1847 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1848 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1849 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1850 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1851 if (!target_has_execution)
1853 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1854 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1855 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1856 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1858 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1859 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1861 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1862 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1865 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1868 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1869 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1871 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1873 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1874 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1875 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1876 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1877 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1879 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1885 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1887 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1888 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1890 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1891 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1892 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1893 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1894 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1895 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1896 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1898 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1900 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1901 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1902 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1904 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1905 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1909 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1911 addr = value_address (v);
1913 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1915 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1918 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1919 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1922 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1924 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1925 loc->address = addr;
1926 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1927 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1932 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1933 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1934 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1939 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1940 struct bp_location *bl;
1942 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1946 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1949 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1950 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1951 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1953 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1954 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1955 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1956 this watchpoint in as well. */
1958 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1959 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1960 hardware watchpoint type. */
1961 type = b->base.type;
1962 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1963 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1965 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1966 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1967 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1968 through watch_command), so always account for it
1971 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1972 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1974 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1975 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1978 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1979 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1981 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1983 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1984 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1985 "hardware watchpoint."));
1986 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1987 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1988 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1990 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1991 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1995 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1996 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1997 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1999 b->base.type = type;
2002 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2004 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2005 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2006 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2008 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2009 "read/access watchpoint."));
2012 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2014 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2015 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2016 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2017 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2020 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2022 next = value_next (v);
2027 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2028 above left it without any location set up. But,
2029 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2030 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2031 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2033 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2034 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2035 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2036 base->loc->address = -1;
2037 base->loc->length = -1;
2038 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2041 else if (!within_current_scope)
2043 printf_filtered (_("\
2044 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2045 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2047 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2050 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2052 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2056 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2057 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2058 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2059 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2060 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2062 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2064 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2067 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2070 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2073 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2076 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2077 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2078 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2079 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2080 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2081 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2082 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2083 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2084 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2087 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2089 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2090 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2091 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2098 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2099 that the location is not duplicated. */
2102 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2105 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2108 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2109 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2113 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2114 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2115 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2116 any error during parsing. */
2118 static struct agent_expr *
2119 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2121 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2122 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2127 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2128 that may show up. */
2129 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2131 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2136 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2137 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2138 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2142 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2146 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2147 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2148 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2149 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2150 one of them is true. */
2153 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2155 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2156 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2157 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2158 struct bp_location *loc;
2160 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2161 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2163 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2164 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2165 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2167 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2168 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2171 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2172 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2173 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2174 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2175 response back to GDB. */
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2183 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2185 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2186 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2187 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2188 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2189 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2190 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2192 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2193 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2199 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2200 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2201 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2203 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2209 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2210 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2211 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2213 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2214 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2215 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2217 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2220 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2222 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2224 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2227 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2228 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2233 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2234 for this location's address. */
2235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2239 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2240 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2241 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2243 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2244 conditions to the target. */
2245 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2246 loc->cond_bytecode);
2252 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2253 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2254 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2256 static struct agent_expr *
2257 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2259 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2260 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2261 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2262 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2263 const char *cmdrest;
2264 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2265 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2267 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2274 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2276 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2278 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2279 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2281 format_start = cmdrest;
2283 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2285 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2287 format_end = cmdrest;
2289 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2290 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2292 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2294 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2295 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2297 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2299 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2301 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2303 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2304 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2307 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2312 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2313 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2315 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2319 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2320 that may show up. */
2321 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2323 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2324 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2325 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2328 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2332 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2333 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2334 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2338 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2342 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2343 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2344 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2347 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2349 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2350 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2351 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2352 struct bp_location *loc;
2354 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2355 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2357 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2360 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2361 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2364 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2365 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2366 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2371 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2372 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2373 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2377 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2378 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2379 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2380 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2381 response back to GDB. */
2382 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2385 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2389 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2391 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2392 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2393 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2394 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2395 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2396 loc->owner->extra_string);
2397 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2403 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2404 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2405 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2407 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2413 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2415 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2420 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2421 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2423 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2425 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2428 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2429 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2434 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2435 for this location's address. */
2436 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2439 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2440 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2441 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2442 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2444 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2445 to send the commands to the target. */
2446 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2450 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2451 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2452 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2453 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2456 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2457 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2458 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2459 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2462 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2463 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2465 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2466 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2467 int *disabled_breaks,
2468 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2469 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2471 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2472 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2473 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2475 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2478 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2479 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2480 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2481 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2482 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2483 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2484 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2485 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2486 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2487 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2488 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2489 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2491 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2492 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2493 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2494 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2496 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2498 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2499 build_target_command_list (bl);
2500 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2501 bl->needs_update = 0;
2504 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2505 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2507 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2509 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2510 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2511 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2513 Two important cases are:
2514 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2515 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2516 hardware breakpoint.
2517 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2518 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2519 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2522 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2523 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2524 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2525 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2527 struct mem_region *mr
2528 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2532 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2534 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2536 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2537 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2539 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2541 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2543 static int said = 0;
2545 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2548 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2549 _("Note: automatically using "
2550 "hardware breakpoints for "
2551 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2556 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2557 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2558 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2559 "at readonly address %s"),
2560 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2564 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2565 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2566 || bl->section == NULL
2567 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2569 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2570 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2574 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2576 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2581 bp_err_message = e.message;
2586 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2587 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2588 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2590 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2591 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2592 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2593 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2594 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2598 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2600 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2601 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2602 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2604 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2605 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2609 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2612 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2617 bp_err_message = e.message;
2620 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2621 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2622 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2623 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2627 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2628 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2630 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2631 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2635 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2637 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2642 bp_err_message = e.message;
2647 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2648 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2653 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2655 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2657 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2658 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2659 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2660 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2661 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2662 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2663 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2664 errors as memory errors. */
2665 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2666 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2667 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2668 || userloaded_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2671 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2672 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2673 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2674 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2677 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2680 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2681 "library breakpoints:\n");
2683 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2685 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2690 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2692 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2693 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2695 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2696 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2697 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2698 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2702 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2705 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2706 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2707 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2709 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2710 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2712 bl->owner->number, message);
2713 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2733 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2734 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2735 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2736 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2740 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2741 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2743 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2745 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2746 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2747 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2749 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2751 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2752 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2756 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2757 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2761 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2762 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2769 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2770 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2773 /* Back to the original value. */
2774 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2778 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2781 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2785 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2786 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2788 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2791 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2795 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2796 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2798 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2801 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2803 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2804 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2805 so just return success. */
2812 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2813 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2817 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2819 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2820 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2822 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2825 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2826 delete_breakpoint (b);
2829 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2830 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2833 struct bp_location *tmp;
2835 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2837 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2838 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2839 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2841 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2842 if (tmp->next == loc)
2844 tmp->next = loc->next;
2850 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2851 removed locations above. */
2852 update_global_location_list (0);
2855 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2856 Throws exception on any error.
2857 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2858 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2860 insert_breakpoints (void)
2862 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2865 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2869 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2872 update_global_location_list (1);
2874 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2875 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2877 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2878 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2881 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2884 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2886 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2888 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2890 callback (loc, NULL);
2894 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2895 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2896 always-inserted mode. */
2899 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2901 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2904 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2905 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2906 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2908 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2909 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2911 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2912 there was an error. */
2913 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2915 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2917 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2919 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2921 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2924 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2925 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2926 deletion of breakpoints. */
2927 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2930 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2932 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2933 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2934 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2935 insert breakpoints. */
2936 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2937 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2940 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2941 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2948 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2949 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2952 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2955 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2958 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2960 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2961 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2965 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2966 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2968 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2969 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2971 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2972 there was an error. */
2973 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2975 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2979 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2982 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2983 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2984 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2985 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2986 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2989 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2991 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2992 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2993 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2994 insert breakpoints. */
2995 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2996 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2999 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3000 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3005 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3006 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3007 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3009 int some_failed = 0;
3010 struct bp_location *loc;
3012 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3015 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3018 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3021 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3022 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3029 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3031 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3033 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3034 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3035 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3043 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3044 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3045 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3047 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3048 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3049 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3051 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3052 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3055 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3058 /* Used when the program stops.
3059 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3060 removing a breakpoint location. */
3063 remove_breakpoints (void)
3065 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3070 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3071 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3076 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3080 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3082 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3086 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3088 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3090 printf_filtered (_("\
3091 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3092 b->number, tp->num);
3094 /* Hide it from the user. */
3100 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3103 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3105 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3107 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3111 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3114 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3119 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3128 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3130 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3131 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3133 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3134 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3135 struct inferior *inf;
3136 struct thread_info *tp;
3138 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3142 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3143 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3145 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3147 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3148 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3152 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3158 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3161 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3166 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3170 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3172 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3173 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3174 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3175 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3176 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3177 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3179 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3182 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3185 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3186 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3190 static struct breakpoint *
3191 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3192 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3193 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3195 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3196 struct breakpoint *b;
3198 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3201 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3202 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3204 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3205 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3206 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3211 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3213 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3215 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3217 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3218 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3220 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3221 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3223 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3224 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3226 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3227 int longjmp_searched;
3229 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3230 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3232 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3233 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3235 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3236 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3238 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3239 int exception_searched;
3241 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3242 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3245 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3247 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3248 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3250 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3253 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3255 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3258 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3259 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3261 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3262 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3264 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3266 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3267 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3269 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3270 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3272 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3273 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3275 return bp_objfile_data;
3279 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3281 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3283 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3284 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3288 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3290 struct objfile *objfile;
3291 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3293 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3295 struct breakpoint *b;
3296 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3299 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3301 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3304 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3306 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3308 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3309 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3311 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3312 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3315 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3318 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3319 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3321 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3322 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3324 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3326 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3327 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3331 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3332 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3335 update_global_location_list (1);
3339 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3341 struct program_space *pspace;
3342 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3344 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3346 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3348 struct objfile *objfile;
3350 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3352 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3355 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3356 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3358 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3360 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3362 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3366 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3369 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3370 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3372 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3374 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3375 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3376 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3380 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3381 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3384 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3387 struct probe *probe;
3388 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3391 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3392 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3396 struct breakpoint *b;
3398 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3399 get_probe_address (probe,
3402 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3403 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3404 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3410 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3413 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3415 struct breakpoint *b;
3416 const char *func_name;
3419 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3422 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3423 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3425 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3427 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3428 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3430 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3431 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3434 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3437 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3438 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3439 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3440 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3441 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3445 update_global_location_list (1);
3447 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3450 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3452 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3454 struct program_space *pspace;
3455 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3456 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3458 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3460 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3462 struct objfile *objfile;
3465 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3467 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3469 struct breakpoint *b;
3470 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3472 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3474 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3477 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3479 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3481 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3482 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3483 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3485 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3486 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3489 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3492 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3493 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3494 bp_std_terminate_master,
3495 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3496 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3497 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3501 update_global_location_list (1);
3503 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3506 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3509 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3511 struct objfile *objfile;
3512 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3514 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3516 struct breakpoint *b;
3517 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3518 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3521 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3523 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3524 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3528 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3532 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3533 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3535 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3537 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3538 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3539 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3543 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3544 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3547 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3549 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3551 struct probe *probe;
3554 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3555 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3559 struct breakpoint *b;
3561 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3562 get_probe_address (probe,
3564 bp_exception_master,
3565 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3566 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3567 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3573 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3575 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3578 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3580 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3582 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3584 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3585 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3587 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3591 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3594 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3595 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3597 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3598 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3599 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3600 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3603 update_global_location_list (1);
3607 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3609 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3610 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3612 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3613 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3614 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3615 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3616 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3617 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3618 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3619 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3620 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3621 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3622 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3626 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3629 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3630 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3632 delete_breakpoint (b);
3636 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3637 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3639 delete_breakpoint (b);
3643 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3644 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3645 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3646 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3647 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3649 delete_breakpoint (b);
3653 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3654 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3656 delete_breakpoint (b);
3660 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3662 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3663 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3664 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3666 delete_breakpoint (b);
3670 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3672 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3673 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3674 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3675 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3679 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3680 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3681 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3682 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3683 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3684 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3686 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3687 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3688 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3689 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3690 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3691 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3692 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3694 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3695 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3696 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3697 let finish_command delete it.
3699 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3700 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3701 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3702 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3703 solib breakpoints.) */
3705 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3710 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3711 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3713 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3715 delete_breakpoint (b);
3719 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3720 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3721 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3722 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3723 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3727 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3729 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3731 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3732 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3734 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3735 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3737 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3738 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3741 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3744 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3745 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3746 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3747 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3748 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3749 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3750 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3754 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3757 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3758 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3760 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3764 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3765 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3766 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3767 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3768 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3771 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3775 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3776 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3778 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3779 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3782 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3783 This should not ever happen. */
3784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3786 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3787 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3789 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3790 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3791 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3793 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3794 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3795 || bl->section == NULL
3796 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3798 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3800 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3801 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3802 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3803 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3804 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3805 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3806 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3807 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3808 OBJF_USERLOADED is letting the user manually maintain a
3809 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3810 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3811 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3812 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3813 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3814 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3815 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3816 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3817 they should always be removed. */
3818 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3819 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3820 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3823 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3827 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3828 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3829 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3831 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3832 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3834 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3835 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3836 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3837 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3838 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3840 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3841 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3843 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3844 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3847 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3848 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3849 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3850 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3852 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3853 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3854 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3855 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3856 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3857 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3863 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3868 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3869 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3870 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3871 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3872 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3873 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3874 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3875 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3876 always-inserted mode. */
3878 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3879 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3880 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3881 || userloaded_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3887 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3889 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3891 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3892 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3894 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3895 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3897 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3898 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3899 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3902 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3903 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3906 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3907 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3909 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3913 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3920 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3923 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3925 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3926 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3928 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3929 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3932 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3933 This should not ever happen. */
3934 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3936 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3938 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3940 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3942 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3946 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3949 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3951 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3953 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3954 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3958 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3959 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3961 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3964 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3965 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3966 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3971 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3973 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3974 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3976 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3978 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3980 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3985 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3986 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3987 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3993 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3999 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4001 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4002 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4005 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4007 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4009 case bp_shlib_event:
4011 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4012 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4013 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4014 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4015 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4017 (gdb) file prog-linux
4018 (gdb) run # native linux target
4021 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4022 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4025 case bp_step_resume:
4027 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4029 delete_breakpoint (b);
4033 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4034 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4035 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4037 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4039 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4040 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4041 delete_breakpoint (b);
4042 else if (context == inf_starting)
4044 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4045 insert_breakpoints. */
4047 value_free (w->val);
4058 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4059 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4060 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4061 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4064 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4065 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4066 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4067 match, not program space. */
4069 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4070 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4071 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4072 permanent breakpoint.
4073 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4074 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4075 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4076 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4077 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4079 enum breakpoint_here
4080 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4082 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4083 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4087 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4092 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4093 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4094 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4096 if (overlay_debugging
4097 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4098 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4099 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4100 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4101 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4103 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4107 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4110 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4113 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4115 struct bp_location *loc;
4118 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4119 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4125 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4126 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4127 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4128 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4131 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4134 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4136 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4138 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4139 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4143 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4145 if (overlay_debugging
4146 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4147 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4148 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4156 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4157 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4160 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4162 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4165 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4171 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4172 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4174 static struct bp_location *
4175 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space *aspace,
4178 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4182 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4186 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4189 if (overlay_debugging
4190 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4191 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4192 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4201 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4205 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4208 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc) != NULL)
4211 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4212 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4219 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4220 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4222 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4226 struct bp_location *loc;
4228 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4229 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4232 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4235 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4236 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4240 /* Check for intersection. */
4241 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4242 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4250 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4251 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4254 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4257 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4258 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4264 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4265 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4268 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4269 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4270 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4273 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4276 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4278 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4279 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4280 it is now time to do so. */
4282 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4283 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4287 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4289 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4290 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4291 it is now time to do so. */
4293 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4294 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4298 if (overlay_debugging
4299 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4300 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4301 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4310 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4314 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4316 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4319 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4323 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4325 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4326 value_free (bs->old_val);
4327 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4328 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4332 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4333 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4336 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4353 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4354 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4357 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4361 bpstat retval = NULL;
4366 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4368 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4369 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4370 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4371 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4372 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4374 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4375 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4379 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4389 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4392 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4397 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4399 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4405 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4408 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4410 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4412 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4414 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4416 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4421 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4430 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4431 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4432 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4433 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4435 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4436 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4438 Return 1 otherwise. */
4441 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4443 struct breakpoint *b;
4446 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4448 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4449 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4450 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4451 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4452 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4454 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4456 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4463 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4465 struct thread_info *tp;
4468 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4471 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4475 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4477 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4479 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4481 value_free (bs->old_val);
4487 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4490 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4492 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4494 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4496 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4497 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4498 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4499 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4500 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4504 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4507 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4510 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4512 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4515 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4516 or its equivalent. */
4519 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4521 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4522 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4525 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4526 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4527 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4528 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4530 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4531 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4532 bpstat of the current thread. */
4535 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4538 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4541 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4543 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4546 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4547 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4549 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4551 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4554 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4555 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4557 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4558 struct command_line *cmd;
4559 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4561 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4563 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4564 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4565 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4566 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4567 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4568 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4569 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4570 the tree when we're done. */
4571 ccmd = bs->commands;
4572 bs->commands = NULL;
4573 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4574 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4575 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4577 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4583 execute_control_command (cmd);
4585 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4591 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4592 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4594 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4596 if (target_can_async_p ())
4597 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4598 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4599 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4602 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4603 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4604 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4605 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4606 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4607 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4608 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4609 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4610 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4611 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4612 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4613 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4614 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4619 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4624 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4626 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4628 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4629 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4630 && target_has_execution
4631 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4633 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4634 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4635 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4636 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4637 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4640 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4643 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4646 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4649 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4652 struct value_print_options opts;
4653 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4654 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4658 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4659 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4660 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4661 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4664 static enum print_stop_action
4665 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4667 switch (bs->print_it)
4670 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4671 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4675 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4676 relevant messages. */
4677 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4680 case print_it_normal:
4682 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4684 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4685 which has since been deleted. */
4687 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4689 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4690 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4695 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4696 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4701 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4704 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4707 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4709 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4713 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4714 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4715 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4717 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4718 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4719 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4723 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4728 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4732 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4733 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4736 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4741 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4742 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4743 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4746 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4751 struct so_list *iter;
4753 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4755 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4756 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4759 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4764 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4765 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4766 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4769 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4773 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4774 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4775 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4776 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4777 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4778 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4779 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4782 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4783 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4784 code to print the location. An example is
4785 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4787 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4788 to also print the location part of the message.
4789 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4790 don't require a location appended to the end.
4791 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4792 further info to be printed. */
4794 enum print_stop_action
4795 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4799 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4800 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4801 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4802 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4803 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4805 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4806 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4807 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4808 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4812 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4813 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4814 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4815 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4817 print_solib_event (0);
4818 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4821 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4822 with and nothing was printed. */
4823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4826 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4827 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4828 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4829 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4830 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4831 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4834 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4836 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4837 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4839 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4843 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4846 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4850 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4852 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4853 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4854 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4855 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4856 incref_bp_location (bl);
4857 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4858 bs->commands = NULL;
4860 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4864 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4865 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4868 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4870 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4872 struct breakpoint *b;
4874 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4876 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4877 as not triggered. */
4879 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4883 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4889 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4891 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4892 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4894 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4898 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4904 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4905 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4909 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4911 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4912 struct bp_location *loc;
4914 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4915 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4917 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4919 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4920 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4922 if (newaddr == start)
4924 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4928 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4929 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4933 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4942 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4943 because of check_errors). */
4944 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4945 #define WP_DELETED 1
4946 /* The value has changed. */
4947 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4948 /* The value has not changed. */
4949 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4950 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4953 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4954 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4956 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4959 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4960 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4963 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4965 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4966 struct watchpoint *b;
4967 struct frame_info *fr;
4968 int within_current_scope;
4970 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4971 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4972 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4974 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4975 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4976 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4977 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4980 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4981 within_current_scope = 1;
4984 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4985 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4986 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4988 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4989 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4990 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4991 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4992 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4993 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4994 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4995 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4996 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4997 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5000 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5001 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5003 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5004 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5005 if (within_current_scope)
5007 struct symbol *function;
5009 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5010 if (function == NULL
5011 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5012 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5013 within_current_scope = 0;
5016 if (within_current_scope)
5017 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5018 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5023 if (within_current_scope)
5025 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5026 time before we return to the command level and call
5027 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5028 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5032 struct value *new_val;
5034 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5035 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5036 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5037 a mask watchpoint. */
5038 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5040 mark = value_mark ();
5041 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5043 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5044 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5045 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5046 not what we want. */
5047 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5048 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5050 if (new_val != NULL)
5052 release_value (new_val);
5053 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5055 bs->old_val = b->val;
5058 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5062 /* Nothing changed. */
5063 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5064 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5069 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5071 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5072 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5073 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5074 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5075 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5076 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5077 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5078 the first value assigned). */
5079 /* We print all the stop information in
5080 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5081 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5082 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5086 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5087 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5088 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5090 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5091 which its expression is valid.\n");
5093 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5094 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5095 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5101 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5102 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5103 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5106 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5107 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5108 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5110 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5112 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5113 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5115 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5118 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5119 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5122 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5124 const struct bp_location *bl;
5125 struct watchpoint *b;
5127 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5128 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5129 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5130 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5131 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5134 int must_check_value = 0;
5136 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5137 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5139 must_check_value = 1;
5140 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5141 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5142 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5144 must_check_value = 1;
5145 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5146 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5147 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5148 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5149 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5150 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5151 must_check_value = 1;
5153 if (must_check_value)
5156 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5158 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5159 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5161 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5165 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5166 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5170 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5173 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5174 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5176 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5178 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5179 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5180 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5181 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5182 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5183 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5184 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5187 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5188 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5191 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5192 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5193 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5194 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5196 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5197 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5198 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5201 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5202 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5203 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5204 changes. This still gives false positives when
5205 the program writes the same value to memory as
5206 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5207 it for a read), but it's much better than
5210 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5212 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5214 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5217 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5218 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5220 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5221 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5223 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5224 == watch_triggered_yes)
5226 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5232 if (other_write_watchpoint
5233 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5235 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5236 and the value changed since the last time we
5237 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5239 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5244 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5245 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5246 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5248 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5249 the value hasn't changed. */
5250 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5258 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5259 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5260 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5261 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5262 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5266 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5268 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5269 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5270 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5271 anything for this watchpoint. */
5272 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5278 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5279 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5280 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5281 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5284 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5286 const struct bp_location *bl;
5287 struct breakpoint *b;
5288 int value_is_zero = 0;
5289 struct expression *cond;
5291 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5293 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5294 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5295 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5296 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5297 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5299 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5300 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5301 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5303 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5304 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5310 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5311 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5313 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5314 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5321 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5323 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5325 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5327 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5334 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5336 int within_current_scope = 1;
5337 struct watchpoint * w;
5339 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5340 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5341 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5342 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5344 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5346 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5347 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5351 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5352 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5353 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5354 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5355 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5357 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5358 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5361 struct frame_info *frame;
5363 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5364 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5365 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5366 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5367 really matter which instantiation of the function
5368 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5369 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5370 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5371 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5372 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5373 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5374 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5375 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5377 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5379 select_frame (frame);
5381 within_current_scope = 0;
5383 if (within_current_scope)
5385 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5386 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5390 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5391 "in the current scope"));
5392 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5393 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5396 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5397 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5400 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5404 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5408 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5410 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5415 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5416 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5418 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5419 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5422 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5424 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5426 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5427 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5428 several reasons concurrently.)
5430 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5431 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5434 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5435 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5436 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5438 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5439 struct bp_location *bl;
5440 struct bp_location *loc;
5441 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5442 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5443 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5446 int need_remove_insert;
5449 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5450 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5451 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5452 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5453 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5454 inferior function calls. */
5458 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5461 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5463 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5464 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5465 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5466 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5467 checked all locations already. */
5468 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5471 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5474 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5477 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5480 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5483 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5484 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5485 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5489 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5490 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5491 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5493 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5495 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5497 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5502 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5504 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5506 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5507 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5510 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5514 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5515 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5516 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5518 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5520 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5522 handle_solib_event ();
5527 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5528 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5529 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5533 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5538 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5539 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5542 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5547 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5549 /* We will stop here. */
5550 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5552 --(b->enable_count);
5553 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5554 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5555 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5560 bs->commands = b->commands;
5561 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5562 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5563 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5566 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5571 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5573 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5574 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5577 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5578 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5579 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5581 need_remove_insert = 0;
5582 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5583 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5585 && bs->breakpoint_at
5586 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5588 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5590 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5591 need_remove_insert = 1;
5594 if (need_remove_insert)
5595 update_global_location_list (1);
5596 else if (removed_any)
5597 update_global_location_list (0);
5603 handle_jit_event (void)
5605 struct frame_info *frame;
5606 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5608 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5609 breakpoint_re_set. */
5610 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5612 frame = get_current_frame ();
5613 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5615 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5617 target_terminal_inferior ();
5620 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5622 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5625 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5627 struct bpstat_what retval;
5631 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5632 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5633 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5635 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5637 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5638 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5639 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5642 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5644 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5645 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5649 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5656 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5659 case bp_shlib_event:
5663 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5665 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5668 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5671 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5672 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5673 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5677 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5679 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5683 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5684 This requires no further action. */
5688 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5690 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5691 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5693 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5694 case bp_exception_resume:
5695 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5696 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5698 case bp_step_resume:
5700 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5703 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5704 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5707 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5709 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5712 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5713 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5716 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5717 case bp_thread_event:
5718 case bp_overlay_event:
5719 case bp_longjmp_master:
5720 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5721 case bp_exception_master:
5722 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5728 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5730 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5734 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5735 This requires no further action. */
5740 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5743 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5744 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5745 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5748 case bp_std_terminate:
5749 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5750 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5751 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5752 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5755 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5756 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5757 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5758 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5760 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5761 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5763 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5764 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5765 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5767 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5768 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5769 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5770 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5775 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5777 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5782 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5785 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5788 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5789 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5794 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5796 handle_jit_event ();
5799 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5801 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5807 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5808 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5810 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5811 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5819 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5820 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5821 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5824 bpstat_should_step (void)
5826 struct breakpoint *b;
5829 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5835 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5837 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5846 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5847 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5848 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5851 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5853 static char wrap_indent[80];
5854 int i, total_width, width, align;
5858 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5860 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5862 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5863 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5864 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5869 total_width += width + 1;
5875 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5876 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5878 "host": Host evals condition.
5879 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5880 "target": Target evals condition.
5884 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5886 struct bp_location *bl;
5887 char host_evals = 0;
5888 char target_evals = 0;
5893 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5896 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5897 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5898 return condition_evaluation_host;
5900 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5902 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5908 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5909 return condition_evaluation_both;
5910 else if (target_evals)
5911 return condition_evaluation_target;
5913 return condition_evaluation_host;
5916 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5917 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5920 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5922 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5925 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5926 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5927 return condition_evaluation_host;
5929 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5930 return condition_evaluation_target;
5932 return condition_evaluation_host;
5935 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5938 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5939 struct bp_location *loc)
5941 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5942 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5944 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5948 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5950 if (b->display_canonical)
5951 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5952 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5955 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5959 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5960 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5961 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5962 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5963 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5965 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5966 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5971 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5973 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5977 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5978 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5980 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5982 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5984 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5987 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5989 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5990 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5991 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5993 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5994 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5995 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5996 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6003 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6005 struct ep_type_description
6010 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6012 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6013 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6014 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6015 {bp_until, "until"},
6016 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6017 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6018 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6019 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6020 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6021 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6022 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6023 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6024 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6025 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6026 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6027 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6028 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6029 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6030 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6031 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6032 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6033 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6034 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6035 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6036 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6037 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6038 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6039 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6040 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6041 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6042 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6043 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6044 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6047 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6048 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6049 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6050 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6053 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6056 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6057 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6060 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6061 const char *field_name,
6065 struct cleanup *back_to;
6066 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6070 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6071 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6072 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6075 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6077 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6083 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6089 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6091 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6097 do_cleanups (back_to);
6100 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6103 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6104 struct bp_location *loc,
6106 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6109 struct command_line *l;
6110 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6112 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6113 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6114 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6115 struct value_print_options opts;
6117 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6119 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6120 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6121 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6124 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6125 header_of_multiple = 1;
6133 if (part_of_multiple)
6136 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6142 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6147 if (part_of_multiple)
6148 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6154 if (part_of_multiple)
6155 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6157 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6162 if (part_of_multiple)
6163 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6165 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6166 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6167 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6171 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6173 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6174 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6175 make sure there's just one location. */
6176 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6177 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6183 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6184 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6188 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6189 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6190 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6192 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6194 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6195 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6196 is relatively readable). */
6197 if (opts.addressprint)
6198 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6205 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6209 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6210 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6212 case bp_exception_resume:
6213 case bp_step_resume:
6214 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6215 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6217 case bp_std_terminate:
6218 case bp_shlib_event:
6219 case bp_thread_event:
6220 case bp_overlay_event:
6221 case bp_longjmp_master:
6222 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6223 case bp_exception_master:
6225 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6226 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6229 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6230 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6231 if (opts.addressprint)
6234 if (header_of_multiple)
6235 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6236 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6237 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6239 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6240 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6243 if (!header_of_multiple)
6244 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6251 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6253 struct inferior *inf;
6254 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6259 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6260 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6263 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6264 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6266 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6267 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6268 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6269 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6270 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6271 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6273 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6274 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6277 if (!part_of_multiple)
6279 if (b->thread != -1)
6281 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6282 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6283 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6284 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6286 else if (b->task != 0)
6288 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6289 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6293 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6295 if (!part_of_multiple)
6296 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6298 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6302 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6304 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6305 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6309 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6312 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6313 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6315 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6316 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6318 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6319 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6320 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6321 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6322 == condition_evaluation_target)
6324 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6325 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6326 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6327 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6329 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6332 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6334 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6336 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6337 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6340 if (!part_of_multiple)
6344 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6345 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6346 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6347 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6348 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6351 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6352 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6353 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6354 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6356 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6360 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6362 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6366 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6369 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6370 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6374 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6375 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6376 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6377 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6381 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6382 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6383 if (b->ignore_count)
6384 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6386 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6387 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6388 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6391 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6393 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6395 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6397 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6398 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6399 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6403 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6404 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6406 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6409 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6410 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6411 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6414 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6416 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6418 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6420 annotate_field (10);
6421 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6422 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6426 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6428 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6430 annotate_field (11);
6432 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6433 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6434 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6438 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6448 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6450 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6452 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6454 else if (b->addr_string)
6455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6460 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6461 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6464 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6465 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6467 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6469 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6470 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6472 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6473 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6474 locations, if any. */
6475 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6477 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6478 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6479 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6482 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6483 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6485 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6486 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6488 struct bp_location *loc;
6491 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6493 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6494 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6495 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6496 do_cleanups (inner2);
6503 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6505 int print_address_bits = 0;
6506 struct bp_location *loc;
6508 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6512 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6513 an address to print. */
6514 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6517 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6518 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6519 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6522 return print_address_bits;
6525 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6531 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6533 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6534 struct breakpoint *b;
6535 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6539 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6541 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6549 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6550 char **error_message)
6552 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6555 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6557 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6558 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6564 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6565 internal or momentary. */
6568 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6570 return b->number > 0;
6573 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6574 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6575 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6576 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6577 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6578 breakpoints listed. */
6581 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6582 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6584 struct breakpoint *b;
6585 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6586 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6587 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6588 struct value_print_options opts;
6589 int print_address_bits = 0;
6590 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6591 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6593 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6595 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6596 required for address fields. */
6597 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6600 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6601 if (filter && !filter (b))
6604 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6605 accept. Skip the others. */
6606 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6608 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6610 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6614 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6616 int addr_bit, type_len;
6618 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6619 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6620 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6622 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6623 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6624 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6626 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6630 if (opts.addressprint)
6632 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6633 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6637 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6638 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6641 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6642 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6643 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6645 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6646 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6648 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6649 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6650 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6652 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6653 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6655 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6656 if (opts.addressprint)
6658 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6660 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6661 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6662 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6664 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6665 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6667 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6669 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6670 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6671 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6672 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6677 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6678 if (filter && !filter (b))
6681 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6682 accept. Skip the others. */
6684 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6686 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6688 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6691 else /* all others */
6693 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6697 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6699 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6700 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6703 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6705 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6707 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6711 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6712 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6714 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6715 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6721 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6722 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6725 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6726 there have been breakpoints? */
6727 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6729 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6732 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6733 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6736 default_collect_info (void)
6738 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6740 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6741 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6743 if (!*default_collect)
6746 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6748 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6749 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6750 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6754 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6756 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6758 default_collect_info ();
6762 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6764 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6765 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6767 if (num_printed == 0)
6769 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6770 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6772 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6777 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6779 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6781 default_collect_info ();
6785 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6786 struct program_space *pspace,
6787 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6789 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6791 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6793 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6794 && bl->address == pc
6795 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6801 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6802 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6806 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6807 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6808 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6811 struct breakpoint *b;
6814 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6815 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6819 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6820 else /* if (others == ???) */
6821 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6823 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6826 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6827 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6828 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6829 else if (b->thread != -1)
6830 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6831 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6832 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6833 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6835 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6839 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6841 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6842 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6843 printf_filtered (".\n");
6848 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6849 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6850 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6851 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6853 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6854 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6855 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6856 breakpoint at address zero:
6864 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6866 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6868 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6871 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6872 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6875 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6876 struct bp_location *loc2)
6878 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6879 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6881 /* Both of them must exist. */
6882 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6883 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6885 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6886 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6887 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6888 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6889 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6890 other watchpoint. */
6892 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6894 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6897 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6899 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6903 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6904 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6905 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6906 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6907 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6908 become hw_access locations later. */
6909 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6910 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6911 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6912 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6915 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6918 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6919 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6921 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6922 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6926 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6927 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6928 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6929 space doesn't really matter. */
6932 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6933 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6936 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6937 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6938 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6941 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6942 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6943 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6944 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6947 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6948 struct address_space *aspace,
6951 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6954 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6955 bl->address, bl->length,
6959 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6960 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6961 true, otherwise returns false. */
6964 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6965 struct bp_location *loc2)
6967 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6968 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6969 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6970 different locations. */
6971 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6976 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6977 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6978 represent the same location. */
6981 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6982 struct bp_location *loc2)
6984 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6986 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6987 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6988 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6990 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6991 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6993 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6996 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6997 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6998 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7000 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7001 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7002 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7003 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7007 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7008 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7010 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7011 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7015 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7016 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7018 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7019 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7021 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7024 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7025 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7026 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7027 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7030 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7031 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7033 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7035 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7038 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7039 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7040 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7041 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7042 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7044 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7045 have their addresses modified. */
7050 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7052 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7053 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7054 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7056 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7057 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7059 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7060 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7062 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7067 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7068 struct breakpoint *owner)
7070 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7072 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7077 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7078 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7081 switch (owner->type)
7087 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7088 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7090 case bp_exception_resume:
7091 case bp_step_resume:
7092 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7093 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7095 case bp_std_terminate:
7096 case bp_shlib_event:
7097 case bp_thread_event:
7098 case bp_overlay_event:
7100 case bp_longjmp_master:
7101 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7102 case bp_exception_master:
7103 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7104 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7106 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7107 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7109 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7110 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7111 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7113 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7114 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7115 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7116 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7121 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7122 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7123 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7126 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7132 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7134 static struct bp_location *
7135 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7137 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7141 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7143 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7147 /* Increment reference count. */
7150 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7155 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7156 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7159 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7161 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7163 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7164 free_bp_location (*blp);
7168 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7171 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7173 struct breakpoint *b1;
7175 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7176 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7178 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7180 breakpoint_chain = b;
7189 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7192 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7197 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7199 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7203 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7204 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7205 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7207 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7210 b->ignore_count = 0;
7212 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7213 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7214 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7215 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7218 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7219 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7221 static struct breakpoint *
7222 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7224 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7226 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7228 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7229 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7233 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7234 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7238 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7240 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7242 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7243 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7244 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7247 const char *function_name;
7248 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7250 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7251 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7253 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7255 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7257 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7258 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7259 &loc->requested_address))
7261 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7262 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7263 loc->requested_address,
7266 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7267 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7269 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7270 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7271 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7272 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7274 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7279 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7283 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7285 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7288 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7290 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7295 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7296 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7297 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7299 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7300 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7301 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7304 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7305 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7306 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7308 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7310 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7312 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7313 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7315 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7316 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7318 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7319 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7322 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7323 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7324 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7325 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7326 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7327 is also returned as the value of this function.
7329 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7330 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7331 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7332 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7333 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7334 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7335 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7338 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7339 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7340 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7342 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7344 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7345 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7350 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7351 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7353 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7355 struct bp_location *bl;
7357 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7359 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7360 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7361 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7362 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7363 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7364 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7368 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7369 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7370 initiated the operation. */
7373 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7375 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7376 int thread = tp->num;
7378 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7379 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7380 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7381 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7383 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7384 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7385 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7387 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7388 struct breakpoint *clone;
7390 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7391 after their removal. */
7392 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7393 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7394 clone->thread = thread;
7397 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7400 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7402 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7404 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7407 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7409 if (b->thread == thread)
7410 delete_breakpoint (b);
7415 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7417 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7420 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7422 if (b->thread == thread)
7423 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7427 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7428 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7429 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7433 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7435 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7438 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7440 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7442 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7443 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7444 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7446 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7448 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7451 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7452 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7453 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7454 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7460 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7461 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7464 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7465 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7469 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7471 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7474 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7476 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7478 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7479 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7480 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7481 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7484 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7486 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7488 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7489 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7490 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7492 delete_breakpoint (b);
7497 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7499 struct breakpoint *b;
7502 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7504 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7505 update_global_location_list (1);
7506 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7511 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7513 struct breakpoint *b;
7516 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7518 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7519 update_global_location_list (0);
7520 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7524 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7525 master breakpoint. */
7527 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7529 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7532 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7533 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7535 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7536 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7540 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7542 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7544 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7547 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7548 delete_breakpoint (b);
7552 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7554 struct breakpoint *b;
7556 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7557 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7560 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7562 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7564 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7570 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7572 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7575 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7576 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7577 delete_breakpoint (b);
7580 struct lang_and_radix
7586 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7589 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7591 struct breakpoint *b;
7593 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7594 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7595 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7599 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7602 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7604 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7607 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7608 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7609 delete_breakpoint (b);
7613 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7615 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7618 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7619 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7620 delete_breakpoint (b);
7624 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7626 struct breakpoint *b;
7628 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7629 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7630 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7634 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7635 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7638 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7640 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7642 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7644 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7645 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7647 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7648 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7649 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7650 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7651 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7652 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7653 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7654 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7655 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7656 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7657 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7658 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7661 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7666 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7667 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7668 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7671 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7673 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7674 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7676 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7677 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7678 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7679 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7680 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7681 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7684 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7686 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7687 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7689 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7690 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7691 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7692 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7693 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7694 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7695 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7696 || is_tracepoint (b))
7697 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7699 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7700 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7701 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7702 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7705 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7706 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7708 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7710 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7711 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7712 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7715 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7720 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7721 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7722 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7725 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7727 struct breakpoint *b;
7729 if (objfile == NULL)
7732 /* OBJF_USERLOADED are dynamic modules manually managed by the user
7733 with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file. Similarly to how
7734 breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in response to
7735 "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in OBJF_USERLOADED modules
7736 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7737 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7738 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7739 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7740 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7741 OBJF_USERLOADED (nor OBJF_SHARED) as those aren't considered
7742 dynamic objects (e.g. the main objfile). */
7743 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7748 struct bp_location *loc;
7749 int bp_modified = 0;
7751 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7754 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7756 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7758 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7759 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7762 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7765 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7768 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7769 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7772 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7774 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7775 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7776 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7777 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7778 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7781 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7788 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7792 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7794 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7795 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7796 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7797 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7798 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7800 struct fork_catchpoint
7802 /* The base class. */
7803 struct breakpoint base;
7805 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7806 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7807 catchpoint has triggered. */
7808 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7811 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7815 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7817 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7820 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7824 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7826 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7829 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7833 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7834 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7835 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7837 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7839 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7842 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7846 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7849 static enum print_stop_action
7850 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7852 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7853 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7854 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7856 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7857 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7858 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7860 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7861 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7863 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7864 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7865 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7867 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7868 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7869 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7870 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7871 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7874 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7878 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7880 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7881 struct value_print_options opts;
7882 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7884 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7886 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7887 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7889 if (opts.addressprint)
7890 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7892 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7893 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7895 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7896 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7897 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7898 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7901 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7902 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7905 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7909 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7911 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7914 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7918 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7921 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7924 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7926 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7928 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7932 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7934 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7937 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7941 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7943 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7946 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7950 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7951 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7952 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7954 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7956 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7959 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7963 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7966 static enum print_stop_action
7967 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7969 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7970 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7971 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7973 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7974 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7975 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7977 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7978 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7980 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7981 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7984 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7985 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7987 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7988 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7991 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7995 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7997 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7998 struct value_print_options opts;
7999 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8001 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8002 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8003 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8005 if (opts.addressprint)
8006 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8008 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8009 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8011 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8012 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8013 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8014 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8017 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8018 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8021 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8025 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8027 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8030 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8034 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8036 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8037 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8040 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8042 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8044 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8045 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8046 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8047 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8048 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8050 struct solib_catchpoint
8052 /* The base class. */
8053 struct breakpoint base;
8055 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8056 unsigned char is_load;
8058 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8059 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8065 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8067 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8070 regfree (&self->compiled);
8071 xfree (self->regex);
8073 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8077 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8083 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8089 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8090 struct address_space *aspace,
8092 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8094 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8095 struct breakpoint *other;
8097 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8102 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8104 if (other == bl->owner)
8107 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8110 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8113 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8115 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8124 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8126 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8127 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8132 struct so_list *iter;
8135 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8140 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8149 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8154 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8160 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8163 static enum print_stop_action
8164 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8166 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8167 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8169 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8170 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8171 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8174 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8175 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8176 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8177 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8178 print_solib_event (1);
8179 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8183 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8185 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8186 struct value_print_options opts;
8187 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8190 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8191 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8192 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8194 if (opts.addressprint)
8197 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8204 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8206 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8211 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8213 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8215 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8218 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8219 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8220 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8224 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8226 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8228 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8229 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8233 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8235 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8237 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8238 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8239 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8241 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8242 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8245 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8247 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8248 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8249 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8250 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8251 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8252 created in an enabled state. */
8255 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8257 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8258 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8259 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8263 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8265 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8266 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8272 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8275 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8277 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8278 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8280 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8283 c->is_load = is_load;
8284 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8285 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8287 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8289 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8290 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8293 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8297 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8298 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8301 const int enabled = 1;
8303 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8305 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8309 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8310 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8312 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8316 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8317 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8319 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8322 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8323 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8324 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8325 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8326 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8328 struct syscall_catchpoint
8330 /* The base class. */
8331 struct breakpoint base;
8333 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8334 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8335 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8336 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8337 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8340 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8344 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8346 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8348 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8350 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8353 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8355 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8357 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8358 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8359 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8361 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8362 int any_syscall_count;
8364 /* Count of each system call. */
8365 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8367 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8368 if any catching is necessary. */
8369 int total_syscalls_count;
8372 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8373 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8375 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8377 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8378 if (inf_data == NULL)
8380 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8381 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8388 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8394 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8398 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8400 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8401 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8402 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8403 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8405 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8406 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8407 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8413 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8418 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8420 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8421 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8422 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8424 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8425 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8426 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8428 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8429 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8431 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8432 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8436 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8437 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8438 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8440 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8442 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8445 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8449 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8451 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8452 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8453 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8454 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8456 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8457 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8458 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8464 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8468 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8469 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8471 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8472 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8476 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8477 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8478 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8480 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8482 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8485 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8489 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8490 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8491 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8493 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8494 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8495 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8496 int syscall_number = 0;
8497 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8498 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8500 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8501 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8504 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8506 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8507 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8512 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8514 if (syscall_number == iter)
8523 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8526 static enum print_stop_action
8527 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8529 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8530 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8531 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8532 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8533 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8534 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8536 struct target_waitstatus last;
8539 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8541 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8543 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8545 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8546 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8551 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8552 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8553 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8554 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8555 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8557 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8559 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8560 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8562 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8564 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8565 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8567 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8569 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8571 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8574 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8578 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8579 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8581 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8582 struct value_print_options opts;
8583 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8585 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8586 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8587 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8589 if (opts.addressprint)
8590 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8593 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8594 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8595 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8597 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8599 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8602 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8605 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8610 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8613 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8615 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8617 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8618 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8622 /* Remove the last comma. */
8623 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8624 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8627 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8628 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8630 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8631 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8634 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8638 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8640 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8642 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8646 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8647 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8649 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8652 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8656 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8659 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8661 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8663 printf_filtered (")");
8666 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8670 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8674 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8676 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8678 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8680 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8685 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8690 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8692 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8694 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8697 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8700 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8702 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8704 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8707 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8709 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8712 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8713 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8714 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8715 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8718 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8719 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8721 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8723 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8726 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8728 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8730 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8731 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8735 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8737 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8738 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8739 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8740 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8743 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8746 update_global_location_list (1);
8750 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8751 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8752 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8754 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8756 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8758 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8760 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8763 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8765 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8766 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8767 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8768 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8769 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8771 struct exec_catchpoint
8773 /* The base class. */
8774 struct breakpoint base;
8776 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8777 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8779 char *exec_pathname;
8782 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8786 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8788 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8790 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8792 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8796 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8798 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8802 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8804 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8808 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8809 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8810 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8812 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8814 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8817 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8821 static enum print_stop_action
8822 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8824 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8825 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8826 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8828 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8829 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8830 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8833 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8836 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8839 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8840 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8841 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8842 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8844 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8848 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8850 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8851 struct value_print_options opts;
8852 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8854 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8856 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8857 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8858 is relatively readable). */
8859 if (opts.addressprint)
8860 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8862 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8863 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8865 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8867 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8870 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8871 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8875 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8877 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8880 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8884 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8887 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8890 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8893 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8894 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8896 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8897 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8899 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8900 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8901 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8903 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8907 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8910 struct breakpoint *b;
8911 struct bp_location *bl;
8915 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8916 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8918 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8920 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8927 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8931 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8934 struct bp_location *bl;
8936 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8939 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8941 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8943 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8949 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8950 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8951 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8952 types _not_ TYPE. */
8955 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8956 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8959 struct breakpoint *b;
8961 *other_type_used = 0;
8966 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8969 if (b->type == type)
8970 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8971 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8972 *other_type_used = 1;
8979 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8981 struct breakpoint *b;
8985 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8987 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8988 update_global_location_list (0);
8994 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8996 struct breakpoint *b;
9000 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9002 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9003 update_global_location_list (1);
9009 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9011 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9012 update_global_location_list (0);
9016 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9018 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9019 breakpoint_re_set ();
9023 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9024 at address specified by SAL.
9025 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9028 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9029 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9031 struct breakpoint *b;
9033 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9035 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9037 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9038 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9039 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9040 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9042 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9043 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9045 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9046 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9048 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
9053 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9054 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
9057 static struct breakpoint *
9058 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9060 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9062 struct breakpoint *copy;
9064 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9065 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9066 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9068 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9069 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9070 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9071 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9072 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9073 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9074 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9075 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9076 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9077 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9078 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9080 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9081 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9082 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9084 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9088 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9092 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9094 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9098 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
9102 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9105 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9107 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9109 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9110 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9112 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9116 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9119 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9121 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9122 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9124 printf_filtered ("\n");
9128 static struct bp_location *
9129 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9130 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9132 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9133 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9134 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9136 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9137 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9139 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9140 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9141 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9142 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9143 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9144 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9145 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9148 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9149 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9150 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9151 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9156 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9157 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9158 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9159 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9160 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9161 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9162 loc->section = sal->section;
9163 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9164 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9165 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9167 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9168 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9173 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9174 return 0 otherwise. */
9177 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9181 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9182 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9183 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9186 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9188 addr = loc->address;
9189 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9191 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9195 target_mem = alloca (len);
9197 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9198 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9199 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9200 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9202 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9203 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9205 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9206 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9209 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9214 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9215 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9218 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9220 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9221 char *printf_line = NULL;
9226 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9228 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9230 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9232 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9234 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9235 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9237 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9238 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9239 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9241 if (!dprintf_function)
9242 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9244 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9245 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9250 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9254 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9256 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9257 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9260 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9261 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9265 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9266 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9268 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9269 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9271 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9272 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9274 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9275 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9276 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9277 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9278 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9279 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9281 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9285 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9286 current style settings. */
9289 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9290 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9292 struct breakpoint *b;
9296 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9297 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9301 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9302 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9303 as condition expression. */
9306 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9307 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9308 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9310 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9311 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9312 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9313 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9314 int display_canonical)
9318 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9320 int target_resources_ok;
9322 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9323 target_resources_ok =
9324 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9326 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9327 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9328 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9329 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9332 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9334 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9336 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9337 struct bp_location *loc;
9341 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9343 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9345 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9346 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9351 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9355 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9356 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9357 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9358 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9359 b->disposition = disposition;
9361 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9362 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9364 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9366 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9367 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9369 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9371 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9372 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9373 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9377 p = skip_spaces (p);
9379 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9381 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9382 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9384 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9386 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9388 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9390 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9391 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9393 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9395 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9398 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9399 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9406 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9407 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9411 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9412 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9416 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9418 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9419 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9421 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9424 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9425 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9426 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9428 if (b->extra_string)
9429 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9431 error (_("Format string required"));
9433 else if (b->extra_string)
9434 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9437 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9439 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9441 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9444 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9449 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9450 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9451 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9453 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9454 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9455 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9456 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9457 int display_canonical)
9459 struct breakpoint *b;
9460 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9462 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9464 struct tracepoint *t;
9466 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9470 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9472 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9474 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9476 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9478 thread, task, ignore_count,
9480 enabled, internal, flags,
9482 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9484 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9487 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9488 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9489 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9490 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9491 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9492 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9493 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9494 we take just a single condition string.
9496 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9497 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9498 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9499 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9500 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9503 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9504 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9505 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9506 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9507 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9508 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9509 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9512 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9514 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9515 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9517 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9519 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9520 'break', without arguments. */
9521 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9522 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9524 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9525 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9527 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9528 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9531 cond_string, extra_string,
9533 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9534 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9535 canonical->special_display);
9536 discard_cleanups (inner);
9540 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9541 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9542 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9543 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9545 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9546 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9549 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9550 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9552 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9554 if ((*address) == NULL
9555 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9557 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9559 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9561 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9562 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9565 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9566 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9567 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9569 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9570 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9571 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9572 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9573 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9574 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9576 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9578 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9579 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9580 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9581 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9582 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9584 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9586 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9587 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9588 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9590 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9593 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9597 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9599 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9600 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9601 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9602 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9604 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9605 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9606 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9608 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9609 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9610 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9611 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9612 get_last_displayed_line (),
9613 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9615 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9616 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9621 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9622 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9625 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9629 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9630 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9633 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9634 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9635 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9636 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9637 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9641 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9642 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9645 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9647 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9649 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9651 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9653 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9655 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9656 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9657 associated with SAL. */
9660 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9662 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9665 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9666 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9668 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9672 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9674 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9675 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9677 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9680 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9681 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9682 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9683 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9684 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9685 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9688 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9689 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9692 *cond_string = NULL;
9699 const char *end_tok;
9701 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9702 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9704 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9706 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9708 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9712 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9714 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9716 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9718 struct expression *expr;
9720 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9721 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9724 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9726 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9731 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9733 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9734 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9735 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9738 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9743 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9745 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9746 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9747 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9752 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9756 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9760 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9762 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9763 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9765 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9766 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9767 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9768 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9773 p = skip_spaces (p);
9775 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9777 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9778 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9780 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9781 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9782 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9784 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9785 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9787 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9789 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9791 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9793 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9795 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9796 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9798 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9801 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9807 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9808 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9809 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9810 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9811 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9812 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9813 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9814 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9815 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9816 was created; false otherwise. */
9819 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9820 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9821 int thread, char *extra_string,
9823 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9825 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9826 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9827 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9830 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9831 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9832 char *addr_start = arg;
9833 struct linespec_result canonical;
9834 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9835 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9838 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9840 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9842 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9844 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9846 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9847 addr_start, ©_arg);
9850 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9854 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9860 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9862 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9865 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9866 throw_exception (e);
9868 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9870 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9871 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9872 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9873 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9874 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9877 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9878 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9879 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9880 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9882 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9884 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9885 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9886 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9887 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9888 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9890 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9894 throw_exception (e);
9898 throw_exception (e);
9901 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9902 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9904 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9905 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9906 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9907 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9908 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9910 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9911 are ok for the target. */
9915 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9917 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9918 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9921 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9922 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9925 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9927 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9928 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9931 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9932 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9939 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9941 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9943 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9944 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9945 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9946 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9948 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9949 &thread, &task, &rest);
9951 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9953 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9955 extra_string = rest;
9960 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9962 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9965 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9966 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9968 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9971 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9972 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9976 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9977 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9978 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9979 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9980 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9984 struct breakpoint *b;
9986 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9988 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9990 struct tracepoint *t;
9992 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9996 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9998 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10000 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10002 b->cond_string = NULL;
10005 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10008 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10009 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10011 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10013 b->extra_string = NULL;
10014 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10015 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10016 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10017 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10018 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10019 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10020 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10022 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10025 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10027 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10028 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10029 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10032 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10034 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10035 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10036 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10038 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10039 update_global_location_list (1);
10044 /* Set a breakpoint.
10045 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10046 condition, and thread.
10047 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10048 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10049 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10052 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10054 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10055 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10056 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10058 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10059 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10061 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10062 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10063 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10065 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10067 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10069 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10070 tempflag, type_wanted,
10071 0 /* Ignore count */,
10072 pending_break_support,
10080 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10083 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10087 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10089 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10090 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10091 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10094 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10095 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10096 if (sal->explicit_line)
10097 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10100 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10102 struct blockvector *bv;
10104 struct symbol *sym;
10106 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10109 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10112 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10113 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10117 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10118 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10119 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10120 happen in assembly source). */
10122 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10123 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10125 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10127 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10129 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10131 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10138 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10140 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10144 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10146 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10150 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10152 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10156 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10158 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10162 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10164 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10165 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10166 stop at <line>\n"));
10170 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10174 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10176 else if (*arg != '*')
10178 char *argptr = arg;
10181 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10182 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10183 function/method name. */
10184 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10186 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10191 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10193 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10197 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10199 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10203 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10207 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10211 char *argptr = arg;
10214 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10215 it is probably a line number. */
10216 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10218 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10223 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10225 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10229 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10231 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10234 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10235 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10236 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10240 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10242 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10244 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10246 0 /* Ignore count */,
10247 pending_break_support,
10248 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10256 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10258 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10261 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10262 ranged breakpoints. */
10265 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10266 struct address_space *aspace,
10268 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10270 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10271 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10274 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10275 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10278 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10279 ranged breakpoints. */
10282 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10284 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10287 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10288 ranged breakpoints. */
10290 static enum print_stop_action
10291 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10293 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10294 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10295 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10297 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10299 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10300 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10302 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10303 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10304 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10307 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10309 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10310 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10311 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10313 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10314 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10316 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10319 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10320 ranged breakpoints. */
10323 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10324 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10326 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10327 struct value_print_options opts;
10328 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10330 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10331 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10333 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10335 if (opts.addressprint)
10336 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10337 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10338 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10339 annotate_field (5);
10340 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10344 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10345 ranged breakpoints. */
10348 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10349 struct ui_out *uiout)
10351 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10352 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10353 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10354 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10358 address_start = bl->address;
10359 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10361 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10362 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10363 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10364 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10365 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10366 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10368 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10371 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10372 ranged breakpoints. */
10375 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10377 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10378 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10381 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10383 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10386 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10387 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10388 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10391 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10392 ranged breakpoints. */
10395 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10398 b->addr_string_range_end);
10399 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10402 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10404 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10406 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10407 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10408 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10409 last instruction of the given line. */
10412 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10416 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10417 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10418 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10425 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10427 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10429 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10436 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10439 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10441 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10442 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10443 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10445 struct breakpoint *b;
10446 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10447 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10448 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10450 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10451 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10452 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10454 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10455 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10456 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10458 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10459 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10461 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10462 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10463 error(_("No address range specified."));
10465 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10468 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10470 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10473 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10474 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10475 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10477 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10479 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10480 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10481 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10483 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10484 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10485 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10487 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10488 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10490 /* Parse the end location. */
10492 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10495 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10496 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10497 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10498 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10499 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10500 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10501 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10502 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10504 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10506 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10507 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10509 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10510 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10511 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10512 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10514 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10515 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10516 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10518 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10519 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10520 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10522 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10524 /* Length overflowed. */
10525 error (_("Address range too large."));
10526 else if (length == 1)
10528 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10529 the `hbreak' command. */
10530 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10532 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10537 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10538 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10539 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10540 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10541 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10542 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10543 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10544 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10545 b->loc->length = length;
10547 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10550 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10551 update_global_location_list (1);
10554 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10555 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10556 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10560 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10562 int i = exp->nelts;
10568 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10569 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10572 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10582 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10583 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10584 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10585 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10586 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10588 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10617 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10620 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10621 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10626 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10627 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10628 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10629 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10630 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10631 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10632 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10634 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10635 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10640 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10642 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10643 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10644 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10645 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10647 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10648 are always constant. */
10650 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10652 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10653 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10654 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10659 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10660 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10661 then it is not a constant. */
10670 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10673 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10675 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10677 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10679 xfree (w->exp_string);
10680 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10681 value_free (w->val);
10683 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10686 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10689 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10691 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10693 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10694 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10696 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10697 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10698 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10699 are loaded and unloaded.
10701 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10702 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10703 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10704 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10705 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10706 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10708 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10709 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10710 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10711 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10713 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10714 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10716 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10717 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10718 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10721 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10724 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10726 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10727 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10729 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10733 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10736 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10738 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10739 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10741 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10746 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10747 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10748 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10750 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10751 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10753 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10754 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10755 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10756 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10757 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10758 (did not match the data address). */
10759 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10760 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10767 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10769 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10771 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10774 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10775 hardware watchpoints. */
10778 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10780 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10781 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10783 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10786 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10787 hardware watchpoints. */
10790 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10792 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10793 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10796 static enum print_stop_action
10797 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10799 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10800 struct breakpoint *b;
10801 struct ui_file *stb;
10802 enum print_stop_action result;
10803 struct watchpoint *w;
10804 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10806 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10808 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10809 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10811 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10812 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10816 case bp_watchpoint:
10817 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10818 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10819 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10820 ui_out_field_string
10822 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10824 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10825 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10826 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10827 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10828 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10829 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10830 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10831 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10832 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10833 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10836 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10837 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10838 ui_out_field_string
10840 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10842 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10843 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10844 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10845 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10846 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10847 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10850 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10851 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10853 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10854 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10855 ui_out_field_string
10857 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10859 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10860 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10861 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10862 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10863 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10868 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10869 ui_out_field_string
10871 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10872 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10875 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10876 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10877 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10878 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10881 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10884 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10888 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10892 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10894 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10895 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10896 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10900 case bp_watchpoint:
10901 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10902 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10904 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10905 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10906 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10908 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10909 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10910 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10912 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10913 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10914 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10917 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10918 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10921 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10922 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10923 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10924 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10927 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10931 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10933 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10937 case bp_watchpoint:
10938 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10939 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10941 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10942 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10944 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10945 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10948 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10949 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10952 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10953 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10956 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10960 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10962 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10963 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10964 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10970 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10972 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10974 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10975 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10978 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10980 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10982 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10983 bl->watchpoint_type);
10986 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10987 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10990 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10992 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10994 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10995 bl->watchpoint_type);
10998 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10999 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11002 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11004 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11006 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11009 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11010 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11013 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11018 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11019 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11021 static enum print_stop_action
11022 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11024 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11025 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11027 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11028 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11032 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11033 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11034 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11035 ui_out_field_string
11037 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11040 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11041 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11042 ui_out_field_string
11044 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11047 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11048 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11049 ui_out_field_string
11051 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11054 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11055 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11059 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11060 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11061 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11064 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11065 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11068 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11069 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11072 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11073 struct ui_out *uiout)
11075 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11077 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11078 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11080 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11081 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11085 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11086 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11089 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11091 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11092 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11093 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11097 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11098 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11099 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11101 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11102 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11103 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11105 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11106 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11107 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11110 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11111 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11115 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11116 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11117 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11120 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11121 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11124 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11126 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11131 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11132 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11134 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11135 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11137 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11138 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11141 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11142 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11145 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11146 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11147 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11150 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11152 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11154 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11157 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11159 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11162 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11163 hw_read: watch read,
11164 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11166 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11167 int just_location, int internal)
11169 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11170 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11171 struct expression *exp;
11172 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11173 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11174 struct frame_info *frame;
11175 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11176 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11177 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11179 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11180 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11181 enum bptype bp_type;
11184 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11185 the hardware watchpoint. */
11187 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11188 struct watchpoint *w;
11190 struct cleanup *back_to;
11192 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11193 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11195 const char *value_start;
11197 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11199 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11200 of the arguments string. */
11201 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11203 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11204 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11207 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11208 This is the value of the parameter. */
11209 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11211 value_start = tok + 1;
11213 /* Skip whitespace. */
11214 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11219 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11220 This is the parameter itself. */
11221 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11224 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11226 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11228 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11229 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11230 only in a specific thread. */
11234 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11236 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11237 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11239 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11241 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11242 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11244 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11245 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11246 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11248 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11250 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11251 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11253 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11256 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11258 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11260 mark = value_mark ();
11261 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11262 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11263 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11266 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11269 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11270 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11277 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11278 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11280 innermost_block = NULL;
11281 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11282 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11283 exp_start = arg = expression;
11284 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11286 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11287 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11289 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11292 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11293 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11297 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11298 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11300 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11303 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11304 mark = value_mark ();
11305 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11311 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11312 val = value_addr (result);
11313 release_value (val);
11314 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11318 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11321 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11322 else if (ret == -2)
11323 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11326 else if (val != NULL)
11327 release_value (val);
11329 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11330 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11332 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11333 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11335 struct expression *cond;
11337 innermost_block = NULL;
11338 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11339 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11341 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11342 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11343 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11349 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11351 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11353 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11354 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11355 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11356 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11357 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11359 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11362 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11363 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11364 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11365 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11367 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11369 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11370 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11372 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11373 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11375 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11376 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11377 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11378 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11379 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11380 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11381 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11382 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11383 scope_breakpoint->type);
11387 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11388 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11389 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11390 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11392 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11393 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11394 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11395 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11397 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11399 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11402 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11403 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11405 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11406 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11407 b->thread = thread;
11408 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11409 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11411 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11412 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11415 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11416 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11419 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11420 name = type_to_string (t);
11422 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11423 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11426 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11427 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11429 /* The above expression is in C. */
11430 b->language = language_c;
11433 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11437 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11446 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11448 b->cond_string = 0;
11452 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11453 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11457 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11458 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11461 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11463 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11464 need to act on them together. */
11465 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11466 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11469 if (!just_location)
11470 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11472 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11474 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11475 that should be inserted. */
11476 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11480 delete_breakpoint (b);
11481 throw_exception (e);
11484 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11485 do_cleanups (back_to);
11488 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11489 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11492 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11494 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11495 struct value *head = v;
11497 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11498 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11501 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11502 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11503 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11504 hardware watchpoint.
11506 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11507 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11508 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11509 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11510 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11511 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11512 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11513 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11514 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11516 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11517 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11518 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11519 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11520 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11522 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11524 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11525 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11526 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11527 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11528 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11529 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11533 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11534 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11535 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11537 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11538 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11539 middle of some value chain. */
11541 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11542 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11544 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11548 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11549 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11550 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11552 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11556 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11560 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11561 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11562 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11563 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11564 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11567 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11568 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11569 return found_memory_cnt;
11573 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11575 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11578 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11579 calls watch_command_1. */
11582 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11584 int just_location = 0;
11587 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11588 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11590 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11594 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11598 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11600 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11604 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11606 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11610 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11612 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11616 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11618 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11622 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11624 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11628 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11629 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11631 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11633 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11634 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11638 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11639 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11640 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11643 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11645 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11647 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11648 if (a->breakpoint2)
11649 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11650 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11654 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11656 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11657 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11658 struct frame_info *frame;
11659 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11660 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11661 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11662 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11663 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11664 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11666 struct thread_info *tp;
11668 clear_proceed_status ();
11670 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11673 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11674 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11675 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11676 get_last_displayed_line ());
11678 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11679 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11681 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11682 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11684 sal = sals.sals[0];
11685 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11688 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11690 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11692 tp = inferior_thread ();
11695 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11697 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11698 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11699 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11702 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11703 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11704 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11705 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11707 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11710 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11712 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11714 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11715 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11716 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11720 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11722 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11723 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11726 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11730 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11731 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11732 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11733 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11735 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11736 only at the very same frame. */
11737 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11738 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11739 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11741 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11743 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11744 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11745 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11746 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11748 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11750 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11751 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11753 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11754 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11755 args->thread_num = thread;
11757 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11758 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11759 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11763 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11766 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11767 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11769 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11770 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11771 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11772 if clause in the arg string. */
11775 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11779 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11782 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11785 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11786 condition string. */
11787 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11788 cond_string = *arg;
11790 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11792 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11794 return cond_string;
11797 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11798 process start/exit, etc. */
11802 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11803 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11808 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11809 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11811 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11812 char *cond_string = NULL;
11813 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11816 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11817 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11818 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11822 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11824 /* The allowed syntax is:
11826 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11828 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11829 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11831 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11832 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11834 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11835 and enable reporting of such events. */
11838 case catch_fork_temporary:
11839 case catch_fork_permanent:
11840 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11841 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11843 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11844 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11845 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11846 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11849 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11855 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11856 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11858 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11859 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11861 char *cond_string = NULL;
11863 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11867 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11869 /* The allowed syntax is:
11871 catch exec if <cond>
11873 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11874 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11876 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11877 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11879 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11880 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11881 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11882 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11884 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11888 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11889 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11890 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11892 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11899 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11901 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11903 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11904 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11905 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11906 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11907 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11908 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11909 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11910 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11911 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11912 enough for now, though. */
11915 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11917 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11918 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11919 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11920 b->language = language_ada;
11923 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11924 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11926 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11928 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11929 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11931 while (*arg != '\0')
11933 int i, syscall_number;
11935 char cur_name[128];
11938 /* Skip whitespace. */
11939 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11941 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11942 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11943 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11946 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11947 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11948 if (*endptr == '\0')
11949 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11952 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11954 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11956 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11957 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11958 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11959 syscall number to be caught. */
11960 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11963 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11964 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11967 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11971 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11974 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11975 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11980 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11982 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11983 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11984 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11985 this architecture yet."));
11987 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11989 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11991 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11992 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11993 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11994 for his/her architecture. */
11995 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11997 /* The allowed syntax is:
11999 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12001 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12004 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12008 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12009 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12013 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12015 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12020 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12022 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12025 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12028 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12030 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12031 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12032 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12033 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12035 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12037 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12040 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12044 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12047 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12050 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12052 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12053 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12056 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12057 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12059 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12063 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12064 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12065 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12066 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12071 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12072 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12073 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12074 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12076 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12077 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12078 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12079 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12080 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12081 error (_("No source file specified."));
12083 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12089 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12090 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12091 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12092 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12094 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12095 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12096 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12097 due to optimization, all in one block.
12099 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12100 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12101 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12102 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12103 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12104 to support that. */
12106 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12107 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12108 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12112 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12113 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12115 const char *sal_fullname;
12117 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12118 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12119 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12122 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12127 1 0 <can't happen> */
12129 sal = sals.sals[i];
12130 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12131 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12133 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12134 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12137 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12138 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12140 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12141 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12143 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12144 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12145 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12147 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12148 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12149 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12150 || loc->section == sal.section));
12151 int line_match = 0;
12153 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12154 && loc->symtab != NULL
12155 && sal_fullname != NULL
12156 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12157 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12158 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12159 sal_fullname) == 0)
12162 if (pc_match || line_match)
12171 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12175 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12176 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12179 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12181 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12184 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12185 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12186 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12187 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12188 compare_breakpoints);
12189 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12190 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12194 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12199 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12200 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12203 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12204 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12206 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12209 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12212 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12213 delete_breakpoint (b);
12216 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12218 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12221 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12222 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12223 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12226 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12228 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12230 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12231 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12232 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12234 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12238 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12239 delete_breakpoint (b);
12243 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12244 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12245 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12246 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12247 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12248 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12251 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12253 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12254 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12255 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12256 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12257 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12259 if (a->address != b->address)
12260 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12262 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12263 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12266 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12267 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12268 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12270 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12271 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12272 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12274 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12275 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12276 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12278 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12279 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12280 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12282 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12285 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12286 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12287 content of the bp_location array. */
12290 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12292 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12294 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12295 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12297 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12299 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12301 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12304 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12305 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12307 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12308 addr = bl->address - start;
12309 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12310 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12312 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12314 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12315 addr = end - bl->address;
12316 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12317 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12321 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12324 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12326 struct breakpoint *b;
12327 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12329 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12332 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12334 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12336 struct bp_location *bl;
12337 struct tracepoint *t;
12338 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12340 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12341 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12342 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12345 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12347 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12348 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12349 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12350 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12353 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12355 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12358 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12360 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12361 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12362 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12363 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12366 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12369 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12372 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12374 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12375 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12376 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12377 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12379 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12380 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12381 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12382 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12383 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12385 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12386 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12387 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12388 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12389 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12390 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12391 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12392 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12395 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12396 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12397 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12401 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12403 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12404 struct bp_location *loc;
12405 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12408 address = bl->address;
12409 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12411 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12412 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12413 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12415 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12416 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12419 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12420 the same program space as the location
12421 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12422 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12423 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12427 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12428 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12431 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12432 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12433 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12434 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12435 that have already been marked. */
12436 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12438 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12440 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12442 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12443 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12448 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12449 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12450 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12451 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12452 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12453 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12454 returns true on them.
12456 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12457 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12458 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12459 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12460 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12461 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12464 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12466 struct breakpoint *b;
12467 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12468 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12469 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12470 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12471 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12472 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12474 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12475 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12476 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12477 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12478 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12480 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12481 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12482 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12483 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12485 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12486 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12487 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12488 unsigned old_location_count;
12490 old_location = bp_location;
12491 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12492 bp_location = NULL;
12493 bp_location_count = 0;
12494 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12497 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12498 bp_location_count++;
12500 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12501 locp = bp_location;
12502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12503 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12505 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12506 bp_location_compare);
12508 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12510 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12511 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12512 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12513 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12514 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12517 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12518 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12520 locp = bp_location;
12521 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12524 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12525 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12527 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12528 not, we have to free it. */
12529 int found_object = 0;
12530 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12531 int keep_in_target = 0;
12534 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12535 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12536 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12537 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12541 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12542 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12545 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12546 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12547 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12549 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12550 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12551 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12553 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12554 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12557 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12561 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12562 have to go through updates again. */
12563 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12565 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12567 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12569 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12570 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12571 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12572 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12573 at certain location is not inserted. */
12575 if (old_loc->inserted)
12577 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12580 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12582 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12583 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12584 keep_in_target = 1;
12588 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12589 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12590 remove its target-side condition. */
12592 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12593 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12594 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12595 this one from the target. */
12597 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12598 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12601 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12602 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12605 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12607 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12609 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12610 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12611 supported, but the latter are. */
12612 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12614 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12615 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12618 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12619 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12621 if (loc2 != old_loc
12622 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12624 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12625 keep_in_target = 1;
12633 if (!keep_in_target)
12635 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12637 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12638 this location on the global list, and try to
12639 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12640 reason why we will succeed next time.
12642 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12643 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12644 only after calling us. */
12645 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12646 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12647 old_loc->owner->number);
12655 if (removed && non_stop
12656 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12657 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12659 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12660 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12661 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12662 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12663 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12664 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12665 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12666 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12667 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12668 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12669 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12670 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12671 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12672 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12675 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12676 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12678 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12679 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12680 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12681 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12682 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12683 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12684 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12685 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12686 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12687 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12688 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12689 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12690 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12693 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12694 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12695 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12696 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12698 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12699 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12700 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12701 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12702 traps we can no longer explain. */
12704 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12705 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12707 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12711 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12712 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12717 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12718 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12719 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12720 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12721 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12722 are sorted first for the same address.
12724 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12725 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12727 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12728 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12729 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12730 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12731 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12733 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12735 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12738 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12739 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12740 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12741 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12742 `struct bp_location'. */
12743 || is_tracepoint (b))
12745 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12746 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12750 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12751 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12752 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12753 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12754 "actually inserted"));
12756 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12757 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12758 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12759 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12760 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12761 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12763 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12765 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12766 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12767 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12769 *loc_first_p = loc;
12770 loc->duplicate = 0;
12772 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12774 loc->needs_update = 1;
12775 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12776 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12782 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12783 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12784 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12786 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12787 loc->duplicate = 1;
12789 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12790 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12792 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12793 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12795 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12796 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12799 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12800 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12801 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12804 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12807 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12808 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12809 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12811 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12816 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12818 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12822 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12824 struct bp_location *loc;
12827 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12828 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12830 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12831 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12837 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12839 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12841 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12842 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12845 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12848 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12852 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12853 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12855 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12856 bs->old_val = NULL;
12857 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12861 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12863 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12865 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12867 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12871 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12875 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12877 struct value_print_options opts;
12879 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12881 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12883 if (b->loc == NULL)
12885 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12889 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12891 printf_filtered (" at ");
12892 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12895 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12897 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12899 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12900 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12901 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12902 b->loc->line_number);
12904 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12905 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12906 real situation somewhat. */
12907 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12912 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12914 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12916 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12921 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12924 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12926 xfree (self->cond);
12927 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12928 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12929 xfree (self->function_name);
12931 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12932 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12935 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12940 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12944 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12946 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12947 xfree (self->cond_string);
12948 xfree (self->extra_string);
12949 xfree (self->addr_string);
12950 xfree (self->filter);
12951 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12954 static struct bp_location *
12955 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12957 struct bp_location *loc;
12959 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12960 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12965 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12967 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12970 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12971 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12974 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12976 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12980 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12982 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12986 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12987 struct address_space *aspace,
12989 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12991 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12995 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13000 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13004 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13006 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13009 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13013 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13015 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13018 static enum print_stop_action
13019 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13021 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13025 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13026 struct ui_out *uiout)
13032 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13034 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13038 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13040 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13044 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13045 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13046 enum bptype type_wanted,
13050 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13054 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13055 struct linespec_result *c,
13057 char *extra_string,
13058 enum bptype type_wanted,
13059 enum bpdisp disposition,
13061 int task, int ignore_count,
13062 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13063 int from_tty, int enabled,
13064 int internal, unsigned flags)
13066 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13070 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13071 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13073 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13076 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13079 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13084 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13087 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13089 /* Nothing to do. */
13092 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13094 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13095 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13096 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13097 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13098 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13099 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13100 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13101 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13102 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13103 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13105 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13106 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13107 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13108 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13109 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13110 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13111 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13112 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13115 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13118 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13120 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13121 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13123 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13124 delete_breakpoint (b);
13128 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13131 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13132 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13136 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info *dest,
13137 const struct bp_target_info *src)
13139 dest->shadow_len = src->shadow_len;
13140 memcpy (dest->shadow_contents, src->shadow_contents, src->shadow_len);
13141 dest->placed_size = src->placed_size;
13145 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13147 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13148 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13152 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13156 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13157 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13158 sss_slot = find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13159 bp_tgt->placed_address);
13162 struct bp_target_info *sss_bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[sss_slot];
13164 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, sss_bp_tgt);
13168 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13173 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13175 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13176 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13179 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13180 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
13181 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
13183 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13184 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13185 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13186 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, address))
13189 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13194 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13195 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13196 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13198 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13199 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13202 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13206 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13207 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13208 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13215 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13216 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13217 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13219 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13220 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13222 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13223 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13224 be set at the same address. */
13228 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13232 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13234 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13239 static enum print_stop_action
13240 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13242 struct breakpoint *b;
13243 const struct bp_location *bl;
13245 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13247 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13249 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13250 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13252 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13253 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13254 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13257 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13259 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13261 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13262 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13264 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13265 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13266 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13268 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13269 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13271 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13275 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13277 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13282 case bp_breakpoint:
13283 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13284 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13285 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13287 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13288 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13289 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13290 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13292 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13293 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13296 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13304 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13306 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13308 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13310 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13311 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13313 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13316 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13317 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13319 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13320 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13324 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13325 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13326 enum bptype type_wanted,
13327 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13329 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13330 addr_start, copy_arg);
13334 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13335 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13337 char *extra_string,
13338 enum bptype type_wanted,
13339 enum bpdisp disposition,
13341 int task, int ignore_count,
13342 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13343 int from_tty, int enabled,
13344 int internal, unsigned flags)
13346 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13347 cond_string, extra_string,
13349 disposition, thread, task,
13350 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13351 enabled, internal, flags);
13355 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13356 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13358 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13361 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13364 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13368 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13369 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13370 case bp_overlay_event:
13371 case bp_longjmp_master:
13372 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13373 case bp_exception_master:
13374 delete_breakpoint (b);
13377 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13378 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13379 case bp_shlib_event:
13381 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13382 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13383 case bp_thread_event:
13389 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13391 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13393 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13394 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13395 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13396 objects (among other things). */
13397 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13398 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13404 static enum print_stop_action
13405 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13407 struct breakpoint *b;
13409 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13413 case bp_shlib_event:
13414 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13415 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13416 to shlib event" message.) */
13417 print_solib_event (0);
13420 case bp_thread_event:
13421 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13422 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13423 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13426 case bp_overlay_event:
13427 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13428 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13431 case bp_longjmp_master:
13432 /* These should never be enabled. */
13433 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13436 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13437 /* These should never be enabled. */
13438 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13439 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13442 case bp_exception_master:
13443 /* These should never be enabled. */
13444 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13445 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13449 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13453 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13455 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13458 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13461 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13463 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13464 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13465 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13466 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13470 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13472 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13475 static enum print_stop_action
13476 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13478 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13480 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13482 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13487 ui_out_field_string
13489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13493 ui_out_field_string
13495 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13500 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13504 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13506 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13509 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13511 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13512 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13515 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13517 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13520 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13522 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13525 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13528 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13530 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13534 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13536 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13545 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13547 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13548 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13552 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13556 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13557 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13558 enum bptype type_wanted,
13559 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13561 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13563 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13565 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13566 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13568 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13572 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13573 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13575 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13577 error (_("probe not found"));
13580 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13583 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13585 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13589 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13590 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13591 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13593 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13599 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13600 struct ui_out *uiout)
13602 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13603 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13605 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13607 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13608 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13609 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13610 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13615 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13617 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13622 case bp_tracepoint:
13623 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13624 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13626 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13627 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13628 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13630 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13631 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13632 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13635 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13636 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13643 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13645 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13647 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13648 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13649 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13650 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13651 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13654 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13655 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13658 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13660 if (tp->pass_count)
13661 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13665 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13666 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13667 enum bptype type_wanted,
13668 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13670 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13671 addr_start, copy_arg);
13675 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13676 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13678 char *extra_string,
13679 enum bptype type_wanted,
13680 enum bpdisp disposition,
13682 int task, int ignore_count,
13683 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13684 int from_tty, int enabled,
13685 int internal, unsigned flags)
13687 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13688 cond_string, extra_string,
13690 disposition, thread, task,
13691 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13692 enabled, internal, flags);
13696 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13697 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13699 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13702 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13704 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13708 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13709 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13710 enum bptype type_wanted,
13711 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13713 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13714 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13715 addr_start, copy_arg);
13719 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13720 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13722 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13723 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13726 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13728 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13731 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13733 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13735 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13736 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13737 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13738 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13740 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13741 error (_("Format string required"));
13743 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13744 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13745 3 - disconnect from target 1
13746 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13748 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13749 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13750 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13751 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13752 it all the time. */
13753 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13754 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13757 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13760 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13762 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13764 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13767 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13770 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13771 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13772 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13773 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13774 address are all handled. */
13777 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13779 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13780 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13781 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13783 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13784 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13785 condition not be evaluated. */
13788 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13789 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13790 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13791 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13792 commands here throws. */
13793 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13794 bs->commands = NULL;
13795 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13797 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13799 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13800 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13802 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13805 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13809 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13810 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13811 enum bptype type_wanted,
13812 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13814 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13816 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13818 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13820 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13821 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13822 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13826 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13827 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13829 char *extra_string,
13830 enum bptype type_wanted,
13831 enum bpdisp disposition,
13833 int task, int ignore_count,
13834 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13835 int from_tty, int enabled,
13836 int internal, unsigned flags)
13839 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13840 canonical->sals, 0);
13842 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13843 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13844 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13845 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13846 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13847 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13849 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13851 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13852 struct tracepoint *tp;
13853 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13856 expanded.nelts = 1;
13857 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13859 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13860 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13862 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13863 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13865 cond_string, extra_string,
13866 type_wanted, disposition,
13867 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13868 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13869 canonical->special_display);
13870 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13871 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13872 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13873 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13874 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13875 corresponds to this one */
13876 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13878 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13880 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13885 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13886 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13888 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13890 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13891 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13893 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13897 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13900 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13903 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13905 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13908 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13912 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13914 struct breakpoint *b;
13916 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13918 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13919 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13922 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13923 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13924 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13925 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13926 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13929 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13930 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13931 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13932 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13934 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13937 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13938 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13939 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13941 struct breakpoint *related;
13942 struct watchpoint *w;
13944 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13945 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13946 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13947 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13951 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13953 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13954 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13955 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13956 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13957 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13960 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13961 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13962 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13963 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13965 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13967 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13968 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13970 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13971 if (b->next == bpt)
13973 b->next = bpt->next;
13977 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13979 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13980 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13981 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13982 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13983 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13984 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13985 commands won't work. */
13987 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13989 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13990 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13991 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13992 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13993 might be better design to have location completely
13994 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13995 update_global_location_list (0);
13997 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13998 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13999 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14000 bpt->type = bp_none;
14005 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14007 delete_breakpoint (b);
14011 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14013 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14016 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14017 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14020 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14021 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14025 struct breakpoint *related;
14030 struct breakpoint *next;
14032 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14033 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14035 if (next == related)
14037 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14038 function (related, data);
14040 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14041 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14046 function (related, data);
14050 while (related != b);
14054 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14056 delete_breakpoint (b);
14059 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14060 delete_breakpoint. */
14063 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14065 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14069 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14071 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14077 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14079 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14080 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14081 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14083 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14085 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14089 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14091 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14094 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14095 delete_breakpoint (b);
14099 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14103 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14105 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14106 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14107 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14112 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14113 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14114 Null names are ignored. */
14117 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14119 struct bp_location *l;
14120 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14121 (int (*) (const void *,
14122 const void *)) streq,
14123 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14125 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14128 const char *name = l->function_name;
14130 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14134 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14136 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14140 htab_delete (htab);
14146 htab_delete (htab);
14150 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14151 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14152 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14153 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14154 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14155 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14156 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14157 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14160 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14161 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14162 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14163 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14164 in the sources, and output a warning.
14166 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14167 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14168 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14169 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14170 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14173 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14174 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14175 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14176 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14177 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14178 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14179 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14180 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14181 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14183 static struct symtab_and_line
14184 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14186 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14187 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14192 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14194 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14196 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14197 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14199 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14201 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14202 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14203 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14208 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14210 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14212 && sal.symtab != NULL
14213 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14215 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14218 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14220 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14222 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14223 struct symbol *sym;
14224 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14225 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14227 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14229 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14230 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14232 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14233 "found at previous line number"),
14234 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14238 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14240 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14241 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14242 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14245 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14246 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14247 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14249 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14250 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14251 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14253 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14255 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14257 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14260 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14261 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14263 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14264 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14266 xfree (b->addr_string);
14267 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14268 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14269 b->loc->line_number);
14271 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14274 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14280 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14281 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14284 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14288 if (a->address != b->address)
14291 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14294 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14301 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14307 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14308 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14309 a ranged breakpoint. */
14312 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14313 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14314 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14317 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14319 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14321 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14323 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14324 update_global_location_list (1);
14325 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14326 "multiple locations found\n"),
14331 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14332 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14333 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14334 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14335 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14336 individual locations. */
14337 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14342 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14344 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14346 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14348 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14350 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14352 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14355 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14357 s = b->cond_string;
14358 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14360 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14361 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14366 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14367 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14368 b->number, e.message);
14369 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14373 if (sals_end.nelts)
14375 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14377 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14381 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14382 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14383 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14385 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14388 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14389 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14390 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14391 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14392 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14393 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14394 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14396 for (; e; e = e->next)
14398 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14400 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14401 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14403 for (; l; l = l->next)
14404 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14412 for (; l; l = l->next)
14413 if (l->function_name
14414 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14424 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14425 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14427 update_global_location_list (1);
14430 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14431 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14433 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14434 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14437 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14438 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14440 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14443 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14445 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14449 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14450 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14451 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14452 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14453 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14454 state, then user already saw the message about that
14455 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14457 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14458 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14459 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14460 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14461 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14462 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14464 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14466 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14467 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14468 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14469 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14470 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14471 which approach is better. */
14472 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14473 throw_exception (e);
14477 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14481 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14482 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14483 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14485 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14488 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14489 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14492 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14493 b->thread = thread;
14496 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14497 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14500 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14501 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14511 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14512 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14516 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14519 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14520 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14521 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14523 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14526 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14530 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14532 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14535 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14536 expanded_end = sals_end;
14540 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14543 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14544 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14547 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14548 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14549 enum bptype type_wanted,
14550 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14552 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14555 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14556 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14560 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14561 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14563 char *extra_string,
14564 enum bptype type_wanted,
14565 enum bpdisp disposition,
14567 int task, int ignore_count,
14568 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14569 int from_tty, int enabled,
14570 int internal, unsigned flags)
14572 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14574 type_wanted, disposition,
14575 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14576 enabled, internal, flags);
14579 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14580 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14583 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14584 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14586 struct linespec_result canonical;
14588 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14589 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14590 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14591 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14594 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14595 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14597 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14599 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14601 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14602 *sals = lsal->sals;
14603 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14605 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14608 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14611 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14613 static struct cleanup *
14614 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14616 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14618 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14619 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14620 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14621 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14622 set_language (b->language);
14627 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14628 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14629 Unused in this case. */
14632 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14634 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14635 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14636 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14638 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14639 b->ops->re_set (b);
14640 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14644 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14646 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14648 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14649 enum language save_language;
14650 int save_input_radix;
14651 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14653 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14654 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14655 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14659 /* Format possible error msg. */
14660 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14662 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14663 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14664 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14666 set_language (save_language);
14667 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14669 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14671 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14673 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14674 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14675 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14676 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14679 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14681 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14682 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14684 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14686 if (b->thread != -1)
14688 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14689 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14691 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14692 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14693 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14695 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14699 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14700 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14701 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14704 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14706 struct breakpoint *b;
14711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14712 if (b->number == bptnum)
14714 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14716 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14717 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14722 b->ignore_count = count;
14726 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14727 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14729 else if (count == 1)
14730 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14733 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14734 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14737 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14741 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14744 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14747 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14753 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14755 num = get_number (&p);
14757 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14759 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14761 set_ignore_count (num,
14762 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14765 printf_filtered ("\n");
14768 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14769 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14772 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14777 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14779 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14782 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14784 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14786 while (!state.finished)
14788 char *p = state.string;
14792 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14795 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14799 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14800 if (b->number == num)
14803 function (b, data);
14807 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14812 static struct bp_location *
14813 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14815 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14819 struct breakpoint *b;
14820 struct bp_location *loc;
14825 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14827 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14830 if (b->number == bp_num)
14835 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14836 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14839 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14841 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14845 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14848 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14854 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14855 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14856 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14859 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14861 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14862 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14863 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14864 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14867 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14868 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14871 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14873 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14874 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14876 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14877 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14879 struct bp_location *location;
14881 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14882 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14885 update_global_location_list (0);
14887 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14890 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14893 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14895 disable_breakpoint (b);
14898 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14899 disable_breakpoint. */
14902 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14904 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14908 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14912 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14914 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14915 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14916 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14920 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14924 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14926 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14933 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14935 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14936 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14937 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14938 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14940 update_global_location_list (0);
14943 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14944 num = extract_arg (&args);
14950 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14953 int target_resources_ok;
14955 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14958 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14959 target_resources_ok =
14960 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14962 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14963 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14964 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14965 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14968 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14970 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14971 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14972 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14974 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14976 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14978 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14979 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14980 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14984 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14985 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14991 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14992 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14994 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14996 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14997 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14999 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15000 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15002 struct bp_location *location;
15004 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15005 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15008 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15009 bpt->enable_count = count;
15010 update_global_location_list (1);
15012 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15017 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15019 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15023 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15025 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15028 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15029 enable_breakpoint. */
15032 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15034 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15037 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15038 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15039 in stopping the inferior. */
15042 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15046 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15049 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15050 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15054 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15058 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15060 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15067 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15069 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15070 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15071 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15072 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15074 update_global_location_list (1);
15077 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15078 num = extract_arg (&args);
15083 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15093 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15095 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15097 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15101 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15103 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15105 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15109 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15111 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15115 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15117 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15119 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15123 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15125 int count = get_number (&args);
15127 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15131 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15133 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15135 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15139 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15141 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15145 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15150 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15154 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15155 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15159 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15160 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15161 const bfd_byte *data)
15163 struct breakpoint *bp;
15165 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15166 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15167 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15169 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15171 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15173 struct bp_location *loc;
15175 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15176 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15177 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15178 && addr + len > loc->address)
15180 value_free (wp->val);
15188 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15189 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15190 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15191 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15195 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15196 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15198 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15199 struct bp_location *bl;
15201 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15203 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15204 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15206 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15207 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15208 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15209 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15210 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15211 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15212 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15214 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc);
15216 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15217 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15219 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, &bl->target_info);
15223 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15225 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15233 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15234 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15237 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15239 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15240 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
15241 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
15242 struct bp_location *bl;
15245 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, address);
15247 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15248 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15249 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15251 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15252 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15253 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15255 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15256 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15257 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15258 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15259 ret = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
15269 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15272 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15273 struct address_space *aspace,
15278 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15280 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15281 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15285 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15286 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15287 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15290 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15291 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15292 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15293 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15294 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15295 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15297 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15298 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15299 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15300 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15303 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15304 were inserted or not. */
15307 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15309 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15310 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15313 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15316 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15318 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15320 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15322 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15323 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15324 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15325 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15327 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15329 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15330 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15331 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15332 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15336 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15337 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15338 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15342 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15346 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15347 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15349 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15350 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15351 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15355 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15359 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15363 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15364 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15365 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15366 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15369 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15370 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15373 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
15378 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15380 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15382 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15383 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15391 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15395 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15398 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace, pc) >= 0;
15401 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15402 non-zero otherwise. */
15404 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15406 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15407 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15408 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15415 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15417 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15418 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15420 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15424 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15426 struct breakpoint *bp;
15428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15429 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15431 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15433 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15437 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15439 if (syscall_number == iter)
15449 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15450 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15451 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15452 const char *text, const char *word)
15454 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15455 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15456 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15462 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15464 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15466 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15468 tracepoint_count = num;
15469 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15473 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15475 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15476 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15478 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15479 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15481 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15483 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15485 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15487 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15488 0 /* Ignore count */,
15489 pending_break_support,
15493 0 /* internal */, 0);
15497 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15499 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15501 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15503 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15504 0 /* Ignore count */,
15505 pending_break_support,
15506 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15509 0 /* internal */, 0);
15512 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15515 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15517 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15519 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15520 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15521 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15522 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15524 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15526 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15528 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15530 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15531 0 /* Ignore count */,
15532 pending_break_support,
15536 0 /* internal */, 0);
15539 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15540 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15542 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15543 static int next_cmd;
15546 read_uploaded_action (void)
15550 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15557 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15558 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15559 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15560 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15561 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15563 struct tracepoint *
15564 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15566 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15567 struct tracepoint *tp;
15569 if (utp->at_string)
15570 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15573 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15574 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15575 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15577 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15578 "source location, using raw address"),
15580 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15581 addr_str = small_buf;
15584 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15585 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15586 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15587 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15590 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15592 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15593 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15595 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15596 0 /* Ignore count */,
15597 pending_break_support,
15598 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15600 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15602 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15605 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15606 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15607 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15611 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15614 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15617 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15618 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15619 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15621 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15623 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15628 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15630 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15632 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15633 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15634 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15635 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15638 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15639 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15640 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15645 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15649 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15651 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15654 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15656 if (num_printed == 0)
15658 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15659 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15661 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15664 default_collect_info ();
15667 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15668 Not supported by all targets. */
15670 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15672 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15675 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15676 Not supported by all targets. */
15678 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15680 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15683 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15685 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15687 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15693 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15695 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15696 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15697 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15699 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15700 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15702 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15706 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15708 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15710 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15711 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15712 delete_breakpoint (b);
15716 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15719 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15722 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15724 tp->pass_count = count;
15725 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15727 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15728 tp->base.number, count);
15731 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15733 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15734 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15735 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15738 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15740 struct tracepoint *t1;
15741 unsigned int count;
15743 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15744 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15745 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15747 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15749 args = skip_spaces (args);
15750 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15752 struct breakpoint *b;
15754 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15756 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15758 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15760 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15761 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15764 else if (*args == '\0')
15766 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15768 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15772 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15774 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15775 while (!state.finished)
15777 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15779 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15784 struct tracepoint *
15785 get_tracepoint (int num)
15787 struct breakpoint *t;
15789 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15790 if (t->number == num)
15791 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15796 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15797 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15800 struct tracepoint *
15801 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15803 struct breakpoint *b;
15805 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15807 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15809 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15816 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15817 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15818 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15819 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15821 struct tracepoint *
15822 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15823 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15825 struct breakpoint *t;
15827 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15831 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15832 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15834 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15835 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15837 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15841 if (instring && *instring)
15842 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15845 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15849 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15850 if (t->number == tpnum)
15852 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15855 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15860 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15862 if (b->thread != -1)
15863 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15871 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15872 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15873 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15877 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15878 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15880 struct breakpoint *tp;
15882 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15883 struct ui_file *fp;
15884 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15886 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15887 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15889 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15892 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15893 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15896 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15897 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15902 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15904 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15906 /* We can stop searching. */
15913 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15917 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15918 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15919 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15921 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15922 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15923 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15925 if (extra_trace_bits)
15926 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15930 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15931 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15934 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15935 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15938 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15940 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15941 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15944 if (tp->cond_string)
15945 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15947 if (tp->ignore_count)
15948 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15950 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15952 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15954 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15956 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15957 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15959 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15961 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15964 throw_exception (ex);
15966 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15969 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15972 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15973 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15974 special, and not user visible. */
15975 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15977 struct bp_location *loc;
15980 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15982 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15986 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15987 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15990 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15991 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15994 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15997 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15999 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
16002 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16005 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16007 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
16010 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16012 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
16013 all_tracepoints (void)
16015 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
16016 struct breakpoint *tp;
16018 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
16020 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
16027 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16028 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16029 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16031 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16032 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16033 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16034 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16035 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16036 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16037 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16038 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16039 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16040 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16041 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16043 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16044 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16046 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16047 conditions are different.\n\
16049 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16051 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16052 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16054 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16055 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16058 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16059 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
16060 struct cmd_list_element *command),
16061 completer_ftype *completer,
16062 void *user_data_catch,
16063 void *user_data_tcatch)
16065 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16067 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16069 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16070 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16071 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16073 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16075 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16076 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16077 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16081 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16083 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16084 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16086 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16087 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16088 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16092 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16094 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16095 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16096 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
16099 struct breakpoint *
16100 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16103 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16107 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16114 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16115 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16118 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16120 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16121 non-inline function. */
16122 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16128 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16129 have been inlined. */
16132 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16133 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16135 struct breakpoint *b;
16136 struct bp_location *bl;
16138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16140 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16143 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16145 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16146 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16154 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16157 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16159 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16162 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16163 loc->symtab = NULL;
16167 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16169 static int initialized = 0;
16171 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16177 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16178 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16179 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16180 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16181 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16182 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16183 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16184 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16185 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16186 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16187 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16188 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16190 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16191 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16192 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16193 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16194 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16195 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16196 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16197 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16199 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16200 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16201 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16202 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16203 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16204 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16205 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16206 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16207 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16208 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16210 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16211 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16212 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16213 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16214 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16215 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16216 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16218 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16219 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16220 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16221 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16222 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16223 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16224 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16226 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16227 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16228 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16229 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16231 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16232 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16233 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16234 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16235 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16236 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16237 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16240 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16241 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16242 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16243 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16244 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16245 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16246 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16247 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16248 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16249 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16250 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16251 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16252 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16253 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16255 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16256 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16257 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16258 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16259 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16260 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16261 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16262 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16263 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16264 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16265 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16268 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16269 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16270 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16271 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16272 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16273 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16274 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16275 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16276 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16277 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16279 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16280 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16281 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16282 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16283 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16285 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16286 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16287 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16288 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16289 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16290 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16292 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16293 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16294 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16295 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16296 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16297 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16298 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16299 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16300 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16301 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16303 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16304 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16305 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16306 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16307 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16308 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16309 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16310 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16311 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16312 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16314 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16315 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16316 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16317 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16318 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16319 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16320 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16321 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16322 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16323 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16324 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16326 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16327 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16328 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16329 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16330 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16331 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16332 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16333 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16334 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16335 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16336 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16338 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16339 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16340 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16341 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16342 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16343 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16344 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16345 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16346 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16347 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16348 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16349 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16351 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16352 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16353 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16354 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16355 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16356 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16357 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16358 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16359 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16362 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16364 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16367 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16369 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16371 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16373 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16374 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16375 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16376 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16378 breakpoint_objfile_key
16379 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16381 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16382 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16383 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16385 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16386 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16387 before a breakpoint is set. */
16388 breakpoint_count = 0;
16390 tracepoint_count = 0;
16392 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16393 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16394 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16396 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16398 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16399 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16400 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16401 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16402 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16403 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16404 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16405 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16407 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16408 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16409 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16410 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16411 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16413 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16414 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16415 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16416 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16417 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16419 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16420 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16422 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16423 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16424 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16425 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16427 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16428 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16430 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16431 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16432 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16433 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16435 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16436 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16438 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16439 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16440 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16441 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16442 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16443 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16444 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16446 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16447 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16448 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16449 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16450 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16451 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16453 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16455 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16456 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16457 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16458 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16459 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16460 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16462 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16463 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16464 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16467 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16468 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16469 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16472 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16473 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16474 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16475 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16478 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16479 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16480 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16483 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16484 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16485 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16488 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16489 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16490 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16491 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16494 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16495 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16496 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16497 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16498 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16499 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16500 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16501 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16503 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16504 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16505 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16506 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16507 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16509 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16510 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16511 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16512 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16513 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16514 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16517 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16518 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16519 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16520 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16522 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16523 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16524 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16525 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16526 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16528 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16529 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16530 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16531 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16533 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16534 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16535 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16536 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16537 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16540 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16541 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16542 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16543 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16544 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16545 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16547 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16548 is executing in.\n\
16550 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16551 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16553 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16554 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16555 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16556 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16558 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16559 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16560 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16561 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16564 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16568 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16569 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16570 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16571 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16572 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16573 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16574 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16575 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16576 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16577 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16578 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16579 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16580 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16581 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16582 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16583 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16585 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16586 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16587 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16588 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16589 breakpoint set."));
16592 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16593 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16594 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16595 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16596 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16597 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16598 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16599 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16600 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16602 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16603 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16604 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16605 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16606 breakpoint set."));
16608 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16611 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16612 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16613 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16614 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16615 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16616 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16617 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16618 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16619 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16621 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16622 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16623 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16624 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16625 breakpoint set."));
16627 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16628 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16629 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16630 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16631 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16632 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16633 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16634 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16635 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16636 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16637 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16638 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16639 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16641 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16642 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16643 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16644 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16646 &maintenanceinfolist);
16648 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16649 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16650 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16651 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16653 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16654 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16655 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16656 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16658 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16659 catch_fork_command_1,
16661 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16662 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16663 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16664 catch_fork_command_1,
16666 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16667 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16668 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16669 catch_exec_command_1,
16673 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16674 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16675 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16676 catch_load_command_1,
16680 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16681 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16682 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16683 catch_unload_command_1,
16687 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16688 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16689 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16690 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16691 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16692 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16693 catch_syscall_command_1,
16694 catch_syscall_completer,
16698 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16699 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16700 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16701 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16702 an expression changes.\n\
16703 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16704 the memory to which it refers."));
16705 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16707 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16708 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16709 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16710 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16711 an expression is read.\n\
16712 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16713 the memory to which it refers."));
16714 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16716 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16717 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16718 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16719 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16720 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16721 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16722 the memory to which it refers."));
16723 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16725 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16726 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16728 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16729 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16730 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16731 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16732 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16733 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16734 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16735 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16736 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16739 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16740 &setlist, &showlist);
16742 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16744 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16746 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16747 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16749 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16750 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16751 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16753 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16754 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16755 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16756 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16758 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16759 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16761 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16762 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16763 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16765 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16766 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16768 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16769 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16770 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16771 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16772 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16773 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16774 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16775 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16776 the selected stack frame.\n\
16777 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16778 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16779 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16780 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16782 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16784 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16785 conditions are different.\n\
16787 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16788 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16789 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16791 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16792 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16793 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16794 last tracepoint set."));
16796 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16798 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16799 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16800 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16801 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16803 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16805 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16806 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16807 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16808 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16810 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16812 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16813 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16814 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16815 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16817 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16819 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16820 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16821 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16822 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16823 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16825 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16826 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16827 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16828 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16830 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16831 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16832 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16833 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16834 session to restore them."),
16836 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16838 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16839 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16840 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16842 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16844 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16845 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16847 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16848 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16849 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16850 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16851 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16852 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16853 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16854 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16855 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16856 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16857 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16858 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16860 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16861 &pending_break_support, _("\
16862 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16863 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16864 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16865 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16866 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16867 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16869 show_pending_break_support,
16870 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16871 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16873 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16875 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16876 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16877 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16878 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16879 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16880 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16881 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16883 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16884 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16885 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16887 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16888 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16889 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16890 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16891 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16892 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16893 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16894 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16895 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16896 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16897 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16898 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16900 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16901 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16902 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16904 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16905 condition_evaluation_enums,
16906 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16907 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16908 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16909 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16910 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16911 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16912 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16913 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16914 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16915 be set to \"gdb\""),
16916 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16917 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16918 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16919 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16921 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16922 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16923 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16924 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16925 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16926 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16927 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16928 or the start of the range\n\
16929 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16930 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16931 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16933 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16934 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16935 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16937 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16938 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16939 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16940 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16941 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16942 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16943 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16945 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16946 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16947 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16948 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16949 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16950 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16951 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16952 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16953 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16954 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16955 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16956 &setlist, &showlist);
16958 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16959 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16960 &dprintf_function, _("\
16961 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16962 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16963 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16964 &setlist, &showlist);
16966 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16967 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16968 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16969 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16970 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16971 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16972 &setlist, &showlist);
16974 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16975 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16976 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16977 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16978 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16979 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16982 &setlist, &showlist);
16984 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16985 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16986 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16988 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16990 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16991 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);